Oracle9i Database Master Index: C
(Release 2 (9.2))
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- C
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- number format element (SQL Reference)
- C and C++
- debugging DLLs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- differences from PL/SQL (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- C API (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- functions
- abandon (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- abandon_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- add (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- add_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- add_ext_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- add_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- compare (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- compare_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- compare_ext_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- compare_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- count_entries (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- count_references (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- count_values (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- count_values_len (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- delete (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- delete_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- delete_ext_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- delete_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- dn2ufn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- err2string (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- explode_dn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- explode_rdn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- extended_operation (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- extended_operation_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- first_attribute (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- first_entry (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- first_message (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- first_reference (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- get_dn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- get_entry_controls (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- get_option (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- get_values (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- get_values_len (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- init (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- init_ssl call (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modify (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modify_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modify_ext_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modify_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- msgfree (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- msgid (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- msgtype (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- next_attribute (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- next_entry (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- next_message (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- next_reference (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- open (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- parse_extended_result (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- parse_reference (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- parse_result (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- parse_sasl_bind_result (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- rename (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- rename_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- result (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sasl_bind (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sasl_bind_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- search (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- search_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- search_ext_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- search_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- search_st (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- set_option (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- simple_bind (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- simple_bind_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- unbind (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- unbind_ext (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- unbind_s (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- value_free (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- value_free_len (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- reference (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sample search tool (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sample usage (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- summary (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- usage with SSL (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- usage without SSL (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- C clause
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Reference)
- C datatypes
- manipulating with OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- C language
- examples (using OCI) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- support for OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- C LDAP API (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- C method
- mapping to an object type (SQL Reference)
- C number format mask (Globalization Support Guide)
- C Parser (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- C prefix (sqlj -C-x) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- C preprocessor
- directives supported by Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how used in Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C structs
- generating for a REF (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C types of collection attributes (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C variable in SQLDA
- how value is set (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C++ (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C++ applications (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C++ language
- support for OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- C++ Parser (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- C. See Oracle Call Interface (OCI) (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- C:\ORANT, defined (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- C:\ORAWIN95, defined (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cache
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dictionary (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Reference)
- flushing dictionary (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- sequence cache (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sequence numbers (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- size and sequence number use (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- size, default and sequence numbers (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- sizing (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- statistics (Reference)
- transfer of queue table blocks in AQ (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- CACHE / NOCACHE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CACHE clause (Concepts)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Reference)
- cache cleanup (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- cache coherency
- and the Global Cache Service (GCS) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- CACHE command
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- purpose of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CACHE FREE ALL SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cache functions
- server round-trips (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Cache Fusion (Concepts)
- and e-commerce applications (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- definition (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- processing (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- resources, exclusive (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- resources, shared (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- resources, specifying (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- scenarios (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- sources of performance statistics for (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- CACHE hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- cache hit ratio
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CACHE option
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- cache option (sqlj -cache) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CACHE option, CREATE SEQUENCE (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CACHE parameter
- of ALTER SEQUENCE. See CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- CACHE READS clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- cache recovery
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- definition (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- cache schemes (connection cache) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cached cursors
- execution plan for (SQL Reference)
- cached sequence numbers
- Export (Utilities)
- CachedRowSet (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caches
- buffer (Concepts)
- multiple buffer pools (Concepts)
- cache hit (Concepts)
- cache miss (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- location of (Concepts)
- database buffer, definition (Concepts)
- library cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- object cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #6] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object views (Concepts)
- object views (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- performance statistics (OLAP User's Guide)
- private SQL area (Concepts)
- sequence numbers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- shared SQL area (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- use in iterative queries (OLAP User's Guide)
- writing of buffers (Concepts)
- caching online checker results (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caching statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caching tables
- automatic caching of small tables (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- caching, client-side
- custom use for scrollable result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle use for scrollable result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calculation engine
- defined (OLAP User's Guide)
- calculation on-the-fly
- a typical strategy (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- requirements for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- calculations
- controlling errors during (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in models (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- runtime (OLAP User's Guide)
- Calendar Utility (Globalization Support Guide)
- calendars
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- call
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- managing resources across calls (Java Developer's Guide)
- static fields (Java Developer's Guide)
- CALL clause
- of CREATE TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- CALL command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CALL procedure statement
- of CREATE TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- call rate
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- call servlet from JSP, JSP from servlet (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- call spec. (SQL Reference)
- call specification (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- call specifications (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- in procedures (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROCEDURE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Reference)
- call specs (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- basic requirements for defining (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- definition (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- example (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- understanding (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- writing object type (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- writing packaged (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- writing top-level (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- CALL SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CALL statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CALL syntax for stored procedures (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- call-home feature (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- callable statement
- getting a BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using getOracleObject() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- with arrays as parameters (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- callback (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- restrictions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Callback class
- act method (Java Developer's Guide)
- Callback Restrictions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- callback, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- callbacks (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- application failover (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic registrations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for LOB operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for reading LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for writing LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- from external procedures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB streaming interface (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter modes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- registration for application failover (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- user-defined functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Calling Java from PL/SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- calling stored functions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calling stored procedures (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calls
- inter-language (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- limiting CPU time for (SQL Reference)
- limiting data blocks read (SQL Reference)
- Oracle call interface (Concepts)
- remote procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- subprogram (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- calls per transaction
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- calls to runtime, generated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- call_home command (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- cancel button (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Cancel button, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CANCEL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CANCEL IMMEDIATE option
- of managed recovery operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CANCEL NOWAIT option
- of managed recovery operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CANCEL option
- managed recovery and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of managed recovery operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cancel query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- cancel-based media recovery
- procedures (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- canceling
- a collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- an analysis (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- canceling a cursor (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- canceling OCI calls (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- canceling RMAN commands (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- cancelling
- log apply services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- managed recovery (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cancelRowUpdates() method (result set) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cannot serialize access (Concepts)
- canonical equivalence (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- canSeekBackwards( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- capacity limitations
- identified through stress testing (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- Capacity Planner (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Capacity Planner
- See Oracle Capacity Planner (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Capacity Planner Messages (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- capacity planning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- I/O subsystem (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- network requirements (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- capture avoidance rule (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- capture command
- enabling logging for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- capture parameter
- Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- capture process (Streams)
- altering (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- applied SCN (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- setting the start SCN (Streams)
- specifying a rule set (Streams)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- instantiation
- aborting database preparation (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting schema preparation (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting table preparation (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a database for (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a schema for (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a table for (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parameters
- disable_on_limit (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- maximum_scn (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- startup_seconds (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- trace_level (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- write_alert_log (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- rules
- defining global (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- starting (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- stopping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- captured SCN (Streams)
- capturing - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.capturing (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cardinality (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting estimated values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting exact values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting for columns (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting for tables (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting using Oracle Expert (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting using SQL ANALYZE (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- degree of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CARDINALITY column
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cardinality data
- in schema tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cardinality values
- importance of (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- carriage return (escape sequence) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- carriage returns (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Cartesian coordinates (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- cartesian joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Cartesian products (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cartridge functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cartridge, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- CASCADE actions
- DELETE statements and (Concepts)
- CASCADE clause
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP USER (SQL Reference)
- when dropping unique or primary keys (Administrator's Guide)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS clause
- of DROP CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of DROP TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of REVOKE (SQL Reference)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CASCADE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cascaded redo log destinations
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- materialized view on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- REGISTER LOGFILE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- keywords (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- REGISTER LOGICAL LOGFILE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- RENAME FILE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- restrictions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scenario (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET STANDBY DATABASE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TO MAXIMIZE AVAILABILITY clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TO MAXIMIZE PERFORMANCE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TO MAXIMIZE PERFORMANCE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TO MAXIMIZE PROTECTION clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- START LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- INITIAL keyword (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- NEW PRIMARY keyword (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- STOP LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TEMPFILE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CASCADE_FLAG column (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cascading revokes (Administrator's Guide)
- cascading style sheet
- customizing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- user interface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Cascading Style Sheets, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- case (Globalization Support Guide)
- CASE expressions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- searched (SQL Reference)
- simple (SQL Reference)
- case option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- case option (JPublisher -case) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CASE OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- case sensitivity
- identifier (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- string literal (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- case sensitivity in program names, option names, and values (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CASE statement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- case studies
- See also SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader filenames (Utilities)
- case-insensitive search (Globalization Support Guide)
- case-insensitivity (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive
- ABOUT queries (Text Reference)
- ABOUT query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- thesaurus (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters
- in names of executables (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in package and procedure names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive index
- creating (Text Reference)
- case-sensitive SQL UDT names (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- case-sensitive SQL UDT names, 3-27 (JPublisher User's Guide)
- case-sensitive SQL UDT names, 6-13 (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- case-sensitivity, parser (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- caseExactIA5Match matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- caseExactMatch matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- caseIgnoreIA5Match matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- caseIgnoreListMatch matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- caseIgnoreMatch matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- caseIgnoreOrderingMatch matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CASE_NOT_FOUND exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CAST function (SQL Reference)
- MULTISET parameter (SQL Reference)
- casting return values (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CAT synonym for USER_CATALOG view (Reference)
- catalog arguments (DatabaseMetaData) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CATALOG command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Catalog Management Tool
- log file location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Catalog Management tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- CATALOG view (Reference)
- catalog views
- v$temporary_lobs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- Catalog Views, for PL/SQL (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- catalog.sh
- log file location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- catalog.sh. See Catalog Management tool. (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CATALOG.SQL script (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Migration)
- [entry #4] (Migration)
- [entry #5] (Migration)
- creating V$ views (Reference)
- catalog.sql script (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- preparing database for Export (Utilities)
- preparing database for Import (Utilities)
- CATALOG5.SQL script
- obsolete (Migration)
- CATALOG6.SQL script
- obsolete (Migration)
- cataloged attributes
- orcleventtype (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orcluserdn (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- cataloging
- archived redo logs (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- datafiles (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- operating system copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- catalogs
- See measure folders (OLAP User's Guide)
- CATAUDIT.SQL script
- audit trail records created by (Reference)
- audit trails for connections and disconnections (Reference)
- auditing characteristics described by (Reference)
- running (Administrator's Guide)
- CATBLOCK.SQL script (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- CATCLUST.SQL script (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Migration)
- using to create views for Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- categorical data type (Data Mining Concepts)
- categories in knowledge catalog (Text Reference)
- catexp.sql script
- preparing database for Export (Utilities)
- preparing database for Import (Utilities)
- CATEXP7.SQL script (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Migration)
- CATHO.SQL script
- installing data dictionary for Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- CATHS.SQL script (Reference)
- CATIO.SQL script (Reference)
- CATJAVA.SQL script (Reference)
- catldap.sql (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- catldr.sql script
- preparing for direct path loads (Utilities)
- CATNOADT.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOAUD.SQL script
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- running (Administrator's Guide)
- CATNOHS.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOPRT.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOQUE.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNORMN.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOSVM.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNSNMP.SQL script (Reference)
- CATOCTK.SQL script (Reference)
- CATPARR.SQL script (Migration)
- CATPROC.SQL script (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Migration)
- [entry #5] (Migration)
- [entry #6] (Migration)
- catproc.sql script (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CATQUEUE.SQL script (Reference)
- CATREP.SQL script (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Migration)
- CATRMAN.SQL script (Reference)
- CATSEARCH (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating index for (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- operators (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CATSEARCH condition (SQL Reference)
- CATSEARCH operator (Text Reference)
- cause/action output for errors (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CC datetime format element (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CDA command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CDATA - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.CDATA (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CDATA - oracle.xml.parser.v2.AttrDecl.CDATA (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CDATA Section (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- CDATA, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- cDATASection(char[], int, int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.cDATASection(char[], int, int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cDATASection(char[], int, int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.cDATASection(char[], int, int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CDS. See Cell Directory Service (CDS) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CDS. See Cell Directory Services (CDS) (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CDSect - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken.CDSect (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CEIL function (SQL Reference)
- Cell Directory Service (CDS)
- cds_attributes file
- modifying for name resolution in CDS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- naming adapter components (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- naming adapter includes (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle service names (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- using to perform name lookup (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Cell Directory Services (CDS) external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Cell Name field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cells, empty (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CENTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- center of gravity (centroid) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- central master registry (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- centralized naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- establishing a connection with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- recommended for (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- centralized user management
- distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- centroid
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CENTROID function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- century (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- date format masks (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CENTURY - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.CENTURY (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- certificate (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- creation (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate authorities (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- introduction (Security Overview)
- certificate authority (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- certificate authority, simulated with esm -genca tool (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate-authenticated enterprise users (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate-based authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- certificates (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- contents (Security Overview)
- introduction (Security Overview)
- support for multiple (Security Overview)
- trusted (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- X.509 Version 3 (Security Overview)
- CESU-8 compliance (Globalization Support Guide)
- CGDocument (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CGDocument(String, DTD) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGDocument.CGDocument(java.lang.String, oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CGI variables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CGNode(String) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.CGNode(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CGXSDElement() - oracle.xml.classgen.CGXSDElement.CGXSDElement() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- chained and/or migrated rows (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- chained rows
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (New Features)
- eliminating from table, procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- listing (SQL Reference)
- of clusters (SQL Reference)
- Chained Rows (also known as migrated rows) (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- CHAINED_ROWS table
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- used by ANALYZE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- chaining of rows (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- challenge-response authentication in RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE CATEGORY clause
- of ALTER OUTLINE (SQL Reference)
- CHANGE command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AVAILABLE option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- KEEP option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- UNAVAILABLE option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- UNCATALOG option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- change cycling
- avoidance
- tags (Streams)
- change data
- controlling access to (Data Warehousing Guide)
- publishing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_CDC_PUBLISH package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_CDC_SUBSCRIBE package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change data capture (Concepts)
- change log
- in synchronization process (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- object store, and Oracle metadirectory solution (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- used by Oracle Directory Provisioning Integration Service (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change log interface
- IETF (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle proprietary (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change log life parameter, modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change log purging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change number-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- time-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change logging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change logs (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change number-based purging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- flag (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- toggling (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in replication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- purging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change number-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change number-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- methods (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- time-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- time-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- time-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- time-based purging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change management applications
- starting from Change Manager (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- change management applications
- starting from Change Manager (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- change management objects (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- copying from one repository to another (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Change Management Pack (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Change Management Pack Command Line Interface Messages (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- Change Manager (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Change Manager application
- right mouse button support for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- running from the command line (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- starting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- starting other applications from (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Change Manager application
- right mouse button support for (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- running from the command line (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- starting (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- starting other applications from (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- change number-based purging (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Change Password screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- change passwords
- for oracle-supplied accounts (Migration)
- change plan
- creating (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- creating a new version (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining change requests for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- deleting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- deleting a previous version (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- editing and modifying (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- excluding grants from (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- exporting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generating a script from (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generating a script using the command line interface (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- importing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- including grants in (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- naming (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- renaming (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- selecting a destination database for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- selecting the source database for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing a previous version (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing and modifying the propagation options for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing history entries for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- working with a particular version of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- change request
- defining a directive (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining a modified exemplar (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining a scoped directive (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining an exemplar (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- types (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- change retry count, setting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- change sets
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SET (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change source
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SOURCE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change tables
- contain published data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change types, in ldapmodify input files (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- change vectors (Administrator's Guide)
- change-based media recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- coordinated in distributed databases (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- changed block ratio
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- changeLog attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changeLogEntry attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changeNumber attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changes
- for which undo operations are not present in the recovery script (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- making (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- moving from the human intervention queue into the purge queue (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- moving from the human intervention queue into the retry queue (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tracking (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- changes
- tracking (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- changes to initialization parameters (Migration)
- changes to static data dictionary views (Migration)
- changeStatus attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changeStatusEntry attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changetype
- add (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- delete (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modify (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modrdn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- changetype attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- add (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- delete (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modrdn (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE_PASSWORD command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CHANGE_SETS view (Reference)
- CHANGE_SOURCES view (Reference)
- CHANGE_TABLES view (Reference)
- changing
- attributes for LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby database name (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- disabling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- superceding (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- properties
- database resources in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- See also (Data Guard Broker)
- states
- database resources in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- database resources in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- database resources in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a standby site in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of objects in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- changing a database ID (Utilities)
- changing a database name (Utilities)
- changing Oracle9i Real Application Clusters configuration (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- changing parameters
- database and Oracle Real Application Clusters Guard configuration parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- database configuration parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- network configuration parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters Guard configuration parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- permanent cluster and database parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- platform-specific configuration parameters (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- changing the national character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- Channel Definition Format, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- channels
- allocating manually for backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- allocating multiple (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- allocating to shared server sessions (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- configuring automatic (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- configuring for backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- control options (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- definition (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- difference between manual and automatic (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- generic configurations (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- multiple
- crosschecking and deleting (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- overriding automatic (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- parallelism for manual channels (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- preconfigured disk (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RMAN naming conventions (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- specific configurations (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CHAR
- datatype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- maximum size
- change (Migration)
- maximum width of column (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- semantics (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CHAR buffer, defining on CLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CHAR character semantics (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- CHAR class
- conversions with KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- VARIABLE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing (Text Reference)
- CHAR columns
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- definition from DESCRIBE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- globalization size restrictions, Thin (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- migrating to NCHAR columns (Globalization Support Guide)
- space padding (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using setFixedCHAR() to match in WHERE (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- version 6 export files (Utilities)
- CHAR comparisons, blank padding (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR comparisons, blank padding, 8-58 (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR datatype
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- blank-padded comparison semantics (Concepts)
- column length (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- converting to VARCHAR2 (SQL Reference)
- delimited form and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- increasing column length (Administrator's Guide)
- reference
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- CHAR datatypes
- external (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR length semantics (SQL Reference)
- CHAR qualifier for column lengths (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHAR to CLOB
- SQL and PL/SQL conversion (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CHAR VARYING datatype (SQL Reference)
- CHAR VARYING datatype, ANSI (Concepts)
- character data
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- converting with CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- representing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- varying width (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- character data conversion
- database character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- character data scanning
- before character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER datatype
- ANSI (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DB2 (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- SQL/DS (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- character datatypes
- conflicting fields (Utilities)
- character encoding
- command line example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for messages (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for source (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- national language support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using native2ascii (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- character fields
- delimiters and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- determining length for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader datatypes (Utilities)
- character functions (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- character host variables
- as output variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- handling (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- server handling (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- types (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHARACTER keyword
- behavior differences (Migration)
- character large object (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- character large objects. (SQL Reference)
- character length semantics (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character literal. (SQL Reference)
- character literals (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- character rearrangement (Globalization Support Guide)
- character repertoire (Globalization Support Guide)
- character semantics (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set
- changing after database creation (Globalization Support Guide)
- conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss during conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing mixed (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- national (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- character set conversion
- between OCI client and database server (Globalization Support Guide)
- for Java applications (Globalization Support Guide)
- for JDBC thin drivers (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- Character set conversion and error handling functions (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- character set definition
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- guidelines for editing files (Globalization Support Guide)
- naming files (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set form
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- getting
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- character set ID
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- getting the
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- See CSID parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- temporary LOB of, getting the (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- Unicode (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set migration
- from single-byte to multibyte (Globalization Support Guide)
- identifying character data conversion problems (Globalization Support Guide)
- postmigration tasks (Globalization Support Guide)
- scanning character data (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER SET parameter
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- array parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- boundaries parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- capture parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$COLUMNS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$ERRORS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$TABLES table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$COLUMNS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$CONSTRAINTS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$ERROR view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$INDEXES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$TABLES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- Database Scan Summary Report (Globalization Support Guide)
- error messages (Globalization Support Guide)
- exclude parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- feedback parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- fromnchar parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- full parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- help parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- Individual Exception Report (Globalization Support Guide)
- invoking (Globalization Support Guide)
- lastrpt parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- maxblocks parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- online help (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameter file (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- performance (Globalization Support Guide)
- platform compatibility (Globalization Support Guide)
- preserve parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- scan modes (Globalization Support Guide)
- suppress parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- table parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- tochar parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- user parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- userid parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- views (Globalization Support Guide)
- Character Set Scanner Utility (New Features)
- character sets
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- 6-26
- AL16UTF16 (Globalization Support Guide)
- AL24UTFFSS (Globalization Support Guide)
- AL32UTF8 (Globalization Support Guide)
- Asian (Globalization Support Guide)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- Chinese (Text Reference)
- choosing (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a character set for a Unicode database (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a national character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- CLASSPATH (Data Mining Concepts)
- CLOB and NCLOB datatypes (Concepts)
- column lengths (Concepts)
- common (SQL Reference)
- conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- during Export/Import (Utilities)
- during Export/Import (Utilities)
- conversion using OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- conversions with KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data loss (Globalization Support Guide)
- database (SQL Reference)
- database options (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- eight-bit to seven-bit conversions
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- European (Globalization Support Guide)
- for net service name (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- identifying for external tables (Utilities)
- ISO 8859 series (Globalization Support Guide)
- Japanese (Text Reference)
- Korean (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- managing (Streams)
- Middle Eastern (Globalization Support Guide)
- migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- migration from single-byte to multibyte (Globalization Support Guide)
- multibyte (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- multibyte characters (SQL Reference)
- multibyte characters in role names (Administrator's Guide)
- multibyte characters in role passwords (Administrator's Guide)
- multiple (Streams)
- naming (Globalization Support Guide)
- NCHAR and NVARCHAR2 (Concepts)
- network (Net Services Reference Guide)
- propagations (Streams)
- removing (Streams)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions on character sets used to express names (Globalization Support Guide)
- RMAN errors (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting for use with RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- single-byte
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- specifying for database (SQL Reference)
- specifying when creating a database (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader conversion between (Utilities)
- supersets and subsets (Globalization Support Guide)
- support for (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- supporting different character repertoires (Globalization Support Guide)
- troubleshooting (Streams)
- Unicode (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- universal (Globalization Support Guide)
- upgrading the database (Migration)
- UTFE (Globalization Support Guide)
- varying-width
- CLOBs and NCLOBs (Migration)
- version 6 conversions
- Import/Export (Utilities)
- XML Parser for Java, supported by (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- XML Schema Processor for Java, supported by (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- character strings
- comparison rules (SQL Reference)
- exact matching (SQL Reference)
- external tables
- specifying bytes or characters (Utilities)
- fixed-length (SQL Reference)
- multibyte (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- national character set (SQL Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- variable length (SQL Reference)
- variable-length (SQL Reference)
- zero-length (SQL Reference)
- CHARACTER subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- character type conversion
- error reporting (Globalization Support Guide)
- character values
- assigning (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- comparing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- selecting (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CHARACTER VARYING datatype
- ANSI (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- character-length semantics (Utilities)
- character-set
- indexing mixed columns (Text Reference)
- character-set conversion
- with INSO_FILTER (Text Reference)
- CharacterData (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- characters
- available in all Oracle database character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- context-sensitive (Globalization Support Guide)
- continuation (Text Reference)
- contracting (Globalization Support Guide)
- numeric group separators (Reference)
- numgroup (Text Reference)
- numjoin (Text Reference)
- printjoin (Text Reference)
- punctuation (Text Reference)
- representing as decimals (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- representing as hexadecimals (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- representing as Unicode (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- single (SQL Reference)
- skipjoin (Text Reference)
- specifying for newline (Text Reference)
- specifying for whitespace (Text Reference)
- startjoin and endjoin (Text Reference)
- user-defined (Globalization Support Guide)
- characters(char[], int, int) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDValidator.characters(char[], int, int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- characters(char[], int, int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.characters(char[], int, int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- characters, special
- inserting in XML documents (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- characters, valid (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHARACTERSET parameter
- for SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- charactersets
- multibyte, LONGs and LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CharData - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken.CharData (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CHARF datatype (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHARF datatype specifier (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in VAR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHARF datatypes
- external (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- charset attribute (Text Reference)
- charset column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CHARSET configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- CHARSET option (OLAP User's Guide)
- CHARSET parameter
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- CHARSETFORM property (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHARSETID property (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHARSET_FILTER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- attributes for (Text Reference)
- mixed character-set example (Text Reference)
- Chart (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Chart Format button (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- chart group
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Chart Status button (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #4] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #5] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #6] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #7] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [entry #8] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [entry #9] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- using (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- CHARTOROWID function (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- data conversion (Concepts)
- charts
- Performance Manager (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- charts
- auto-scaling the data included in (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- chart-specific commands (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- constraints (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- displaying or hiding the chart legend (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- drilling down (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- excluding data points from (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- filtering chart data (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- formats of (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- generating reports for (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- getting help on (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- hiding the chart legend (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- orientations (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- printing (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- removing lines from (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- saving your changes (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- scaling the data in (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- See also analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- selecting a line in (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- setting chart options (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- sorting data in table (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing the values of data points in (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- CHARZ
- external datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CHARZ datatype (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- external (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR_MAP precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR_TO_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK clause
- of constraints (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- CHECK constraint
- triggers and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- check constraints
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- checking mechanism (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- how to use (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- multiple constraints on a column (Concepts)
- overriding disabling of (Utilities)
- subqueries prohibited in (Concepts)
- CHECK DATAFILES clause
- instance recovery (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- check source name against. public class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- check sources, expand resolution search (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Check TCP/IP client access rights option in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- checker option (SQLCheckerCustomizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- checker pages (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- checkerr() function
- code listing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- checkfilename option (sqlj -checkfilename) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- checking in a LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- checking out a LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- checking status
- Agent (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- management server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- monitored systems (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- node discovery (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- node up/down event (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- checking status
- Agent
- on UNIX (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- on UNIX (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- checklist
- tasks for creating logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tasks for creating physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- checkpoint (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- CHECKPOINT clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- checkpoint process (Administrator's Guide)
- checkpoint process (CKPT) (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- checkpoints
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- advancing (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- checkpoint interval (Reference)
- checkpoint process (CKPT) (Concepts)
- choosing checkpoint frequency (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- control files and (Concepts)
- DBWn process (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- forcing (SQL Reference)
- incremental (Concepts)
- infrequency (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- statistics (Reference)
- statistics on (Concepts)
- checkProperties( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- checkProperties( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- checksource option (sqlj -checksource) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- checksums
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- [entry #3] (Security Overview)
- algorithms (Security Overview)
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- redo log blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- setting parameters in Java (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SSL (Security Overview)
- support by OCI drivers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support by Thin driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHECK_CONTROL option
- and label update (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and labeling functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and READ_CONTROL (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with other options (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_OBJECT procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_ONLY
- MIG utility option (Migration)
- CHGDFN command
- aggregation (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- for variables (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- child rows
- deleting (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- child workspace (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- as alternative to creating savepoint (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- merging (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- refreshing (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHILDLOCK command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- children of an entry, listing (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Chinese
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- Chinese character sets supported (Text Reference)
- Chinese indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Chinese text
- indexing (Text Reference)
- CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER object (Text Reference)
- CHOOSE
- optimizer mode parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- choose (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- CHOOSE hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- choosing a character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing between a Unicode database and Unicode datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHR function (SQL Reference)
- CHUNK (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CHUNK clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- CHUNK option (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- chunks
- when to use (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- chunksize (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- multiple of, to improve performance (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- cipher block chaining mode (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cipher suites
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL, supported (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5 (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- circle
- not supported with geodetic data (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CIRCUITS initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- circular reuse records (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CJQ0 background process (Administrator's Guide)
- CJQ0 process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ckpcch.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ckpcfg.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ckpdom.ora file (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ckpreg.ora file (Migration)
- CKPT background process (Concepts)
- ckptop.ora file (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- class
- attributes (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- dynamic loading (Java Developer's Guide)
- execution (Java Developer's Guide)
- hierarchy (Java Developer's Guide)
- inheritance (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- loader (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- loading (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- marking valid (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- methods (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- name (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- protected (Java Developer's Guide)
- publish (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolving references (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- class
- contents of data tables in the historical database (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- modifying selection criteria for including in an analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- names of data tables in the historical database (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- specifying for historical data collection (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- specifying selection criteria for including in an analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- understanding the data tables in the historical database (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Class - , in oracle.xml.treeviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - AQjmsQueueConnectionFactory (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - Attr, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - AttrDecl, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CDATASection, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CGDocument, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CGNode, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CGXSDElement, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CharacterData, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - Comment, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - ContainerContext, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CXMLHandlerBase, in oracle.xml.comp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - CXMLParser, in oracle.comp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DBAccess, in oracle.xml.transviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DBAccessBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.transviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DBViewer, in oracle.xml.dbviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DBViewerBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.dbviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DefaultXMLDocumentHandler, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - Document, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DocumentBuilder, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DOMBuilder, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DOMBuilderBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DOMBuilderErrorEvent, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DOMBuilderEvent, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DOMImplementation, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DOMParser, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DTD, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - DTDClassGenerator, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - Element, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - ElementDecl, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - EntityReference, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - generated for DTD, in C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - generated for Schema, in C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - InvalidContentException, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - JAXSAXParser, in oracle.xml.jaxp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - JXDocumentBuilder Factory, in oracle.xml.jaxp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - JXDocumentBuilder, in oracle.xml.jaxp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - JXSAXParserFactory, in oracle.xml.jaxp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - JXSAXTransformerFactory, in oracle.xml.jaxp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - JXTransformer, in oracle.xml.jaxp (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - loader, in oracle.xml.transx (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - Logger, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - NamedNodeMap, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - NodeClass, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - NodeFactory, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - NodeList, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - Notation, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - NSName, in oracle.xml.util (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - oracg, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - oracle.AQ.AQQueueTableProperty (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsAdtMessage (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsAgent (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsBytesMessage (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsConnection (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsConstants (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsDestination (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsDestinationProperty (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsFactory (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsMapMessage (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsObjectMessage (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsOracleDebug (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsProducer (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsQueueBrowser (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsSession (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsStreamMessage (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsTextMessage (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - oracle.jms.AQjmsTopicConnectionFactory (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Class - OracleSOAPHTTPConnection, in oracle.soap.transport.http (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - OracleXMLQuery, in oracle.xml.sql.query (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - OracleXMLSave, in oracle.xml.sql.dml (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - OracleXMLSQLException, in oracle.xml.sql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - OracleXMLSQLNoRowsException, in oracle.xml.sql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - oraxml, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - oraxsl, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - ProcessingInstruction, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - ProviderDeploymentDescriptor, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - RequestContext, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - ResourceManager, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - SAXAttrList, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - SAXParser, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - SchemaClassGenerator, in oracle.xml.classgen (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - ServiceDeploymentDescriptor, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - SOAPServerContext, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - UserContext, in oracle.soap.server (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBCData, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBCharData, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBComment, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBContext, in oracle.xdb.spi (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBContextFactory, in oracle.xdb.spi (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBDocument, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBDomImplementation, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBElement, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBEntity, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNamedNode, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNameParser, in oracle.xdb.spi (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNaming , in oracle.xdb.spi (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNamingEnumeration, in oracle.xdb.spi (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNode, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNodeList, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBNotation, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBProcInst, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBResource, in oracle.xdb.spi (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XDBText, in oracle.xdb.dom (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLAttr, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLCDATA, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLClassGenerator, in C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLComment, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDeclPI, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDiff, in oracle.xml.differ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDiffBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.differ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDocument, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDocumentFragment, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDOMException, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLDOMImplementation (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLElement, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLEntity, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLEntityReference, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLError, in oracle.xml.util (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLException, in oracle.xml.util (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLNode, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLNotation, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLNSNode, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLOutputStream, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLParseException, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLParser, in Oracle XML Parser for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLParser, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLPI, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLPrintDriver, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLRangeException, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLSchema, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLSchemaNode, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLSourceView, in oracle.xml.srcviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLSourceViewBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.srcviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLText, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLToken, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLTokenizer, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLTransformPanelBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.transviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLTransViewer, in oracle.xml.transviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLTreeViewBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.treeviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XMLType, in oracle.xdb (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XmlUtils, in oracle.soap.util.xml (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XPathException, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDAttribute, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDBuilder, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDComplexType, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDConstrainingFacet, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDDataValue, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDElement, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDException, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDGroup, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDIdentity, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDNode, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSDValidator, in oracle.xml.parser.schema (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLException, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLExtensionElement, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLProcessor, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLStylesheet, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLTContext, in oracle.xml.parser.v2 (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLTransformer, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLTransformerBeanInfo, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLTransformerErrorEvent, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSLTransformerEvent, in oracle.xml.async (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSQLActionHandlerImpl, in oracle.xml.xsql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSQLParserHelper, in oracle.xml.xsql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSQLRequest, in oracle.xml.xsql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSQLSerletPageRequest, in oracle.xml.xsql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class - XSQLStylesheetProcessor, in oracle.xml.xsql (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class -XMLTransformPanel , in oracle.xml.transviewer (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- Class Generator
- definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- for Java (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- complexType (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- generate() method (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- oracg (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SchemaClassGenerator class (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- simpleType (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- using with DTDs (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- XML Schema (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Java FAQs (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- XML C++ (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Class Generators
- for Java, explained (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Class interface
- forName method (Java Developer's Guide)
- class loader issues (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- class loading in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- class naming, translator (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Class oracle.jms.AQjmsException (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- class reference table
- understanding (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- class reloading, dynamic (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- class schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- class schema object naming
- generated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loaded (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- class. See collection class. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Class.forName method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- classes (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- AnnListener (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Annotation (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnotationDesc (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnotationFactory (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnotationHandler (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnTaskManager (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnTaskMonitor (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Bfile class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Blob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bytes class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CGXSDElement (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Clob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Connection class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Date class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DOMBuilder() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DTDClassGenerator() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Environment class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalDS class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalYM class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- MADataInputStream (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Map class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Metadata class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- MimeMap (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Number class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OrdFileMapping (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- OutputListener (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Parser (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- PObject class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Preferences (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- putChars() (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- Ref class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- RefAny class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ResultSet class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SchemaClassGenerator() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- setSchemaValidationMode() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- SQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Statement class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Status (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Stream class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Timestamp class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- XMLTreeView() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- classes files for JDBC (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- classes, extending (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Classes, JMS (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- ClassForName class
- lookupClass method (Java Developer's Guide)
- classForNameAndSchema method (Java Developer's Guide)
- classification (Data Mining Concepts)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- log file switch (clearing log file) (Reference)
- log file switch completion (Reference)
- log file sync (Reference)
- log switch/archive (Reference)
- on-going SCN fetch to complete (Reference)
- parallel query create server (Reference)
- parallel query dequeue wait (Reference)
- parallel query qref latch (Reference)
- parallel query server shutdown (Reference)
- parallel query signal server (Reference)
- pending global transaction(s) (Reference)
- pipe get (Reference)
- pipe put (Reference)
- PL/SQL lock timer (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- pmon rdomain attach (Reference)
- pmon timer (Reference)
- process startup (Reference)
- queue messages (Reference)
- rdbms ipc message (Reference)
- rdbms ipc message block (Reference)
- rdbms ipc reply (Reference)
- redo (Reference)
- row cache lock (Reference)
- scginq AST call (Reference)
- single-task message (Reference)
- smon timer (Reference)
- specifying default algorithm (Data Mining Concepts)
- specifying Naive Bayes (Data Mining Concepts)
- SQL*Net break/reset to client (Reference)
- SQL*Net break/reset to dblink (Reference)
- SQL*Net message from client (Reference)
- SQL*Net message from dblink (Reference)
- SQL*Net message to client (Reference)
- SQL*Net message to dblink (Reference)
- SQL*Net more data from client (Reference)
- SQL*Net more data from dblink (Reference)
- SQL*Net more data to client (Reference)
- SQL*Net more data to dblink (Reference)
- switch logfile command (Reference)
- timer in sksawat (Reference)
- transaction (Reference)
- unbound tx (Reference)
- undo segment extension (Reference)
- undo segment recovery (Reference)
- undo segment tx slot (Reference)
- wait events
- log buffer space (Reference)
- WMON goes to sleep (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- write complete (Reference)
- writes stopped by instance recovery or database suspension (Reference)
- classification descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- classifying documents (Text Reference)
- ClassNotFoundException (Java Developer's Guide)
- CLASSPATH (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- configuring to run XSU (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- settings for class generator for Java (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- classpath
- classpath and class loader issues (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- classpath config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- configuration, JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- configuration, JSWDK (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- configuration, Tomcat (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Web server classpath configuration (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- classpath and path (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLASSPATH for ODM (Data Mining Concepts)
- classpath option (sqlj -classpath) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLASSPATH, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clauses
- AUTHID (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- BULK COLLECT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LIMIT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- clauses, SQLJ executable statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLEANUP role change notification (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- CLEANUP statement (SQL) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CLEAN_ALTER_SESSION procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- CLEAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in ATTRIBUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BREAKS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCREEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- CLEAR LOGFILE option
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- clear screen button (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR TIMING command
- SQL*Plus (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR UNARCHIVED LOGFILES clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- clearBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearBindValues() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- clearBody (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #5] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #6] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #7] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- clearClientIdentifier() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearContext (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- clearDefines() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearing redo log files (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- clearing RMAN configuration (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- clearLocal( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- clearLocal( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- clearMetaData parameter (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearParameters() - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXTransformer.clearParameters() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- clearProperties (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #5] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- clearUpdateColumnNames() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- client
- failover (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- load balancing (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- randomization (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- setup (Java Developer's Guide)
- client authentication in SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- client cache process (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client configuration
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- discovering Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- load balancing requests among listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager address (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- overriding shared server configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- preferred Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client connections
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client events (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- client installation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- client load balancing
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- description of (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Reference Guide)
- client operating system
- character set compatibility with applications (Globalization Support Guide)
- client processes. (Concepts)
- client programs (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Client Registration ID field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client testing
- connectivity (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from 3GL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from applications (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from the operating system (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client tier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- configuring (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- client tier of Oracle Enterprise Manager (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- client troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client-server configurations (Migration)
- client-server, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- client-side parameter files
- naming conventions (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- using (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- client-side translation to run in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- client/server applications (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- client/server architectures
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- diagrammed (Concepts)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- direct and indirect connections (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed processing in (Concepts)
- Globalization Support (Administrator's Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- program interface (Concepts)
- ClientConfig.properties (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- ClientConfig.properties file
- description of properties (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- location of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- using to enable tracing and debugging for applications (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- ClientConfig.properties file
- description of properties (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- location of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- using to enable tracing and debugging for applications (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- clients
- in client/server architecture, definition (Concepts)
- Clients allowed to access field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Clients excluded from access field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- clients, failover options on (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CLIENT_INFO attribute, USERENV (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- clipping a geometric segment (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CLIP_GEOM_SEGMENT function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating and populating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- EMPTY_CLOB function (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- introduction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting from result set (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to callable statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to prepared statement (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators, selecting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- manipulating data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- populating columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data, 8-6 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB and NCLOB data
- binding and defining in OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- CLOB class (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- Clob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CLOB clause
- VARIABLE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- CLOB columns
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting maximum width (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval position (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval size (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB datatype (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- transactional support (SQL Reference)
- CLOB storage of XMLType (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CLOB support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- CLOB-buffering (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CLOBs
- columns
- varying- width character data (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- compatibility (Migration)
- creating indexes (Globalization Support Guide)
- datatype (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- varying-width columns (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB, offset and amount parameters in characters (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- example (Utilities)
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- modify using DBMS_LOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- opening and closing using JDBC (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- reading/examining with JDBC (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- using JDBC to modify (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CLOBs, XML in (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- clone (of a database object) (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- clone databases
- mounting (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- preparing for TSPITR (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- preparing parameter files for (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- Clone method (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- clone( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.ElementDecl.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLAttr.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDeclPI.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLElement.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLEntity.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- cloneNode(boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNotation.cloneNode(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CLOSE command
- examples (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE CURSOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE DATABASE LINK clause
- ALTER SESSION statement (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- CLOSE SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE statement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dependence on precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE statement
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CLOSE statement (SQL) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- close( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- close( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- close() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() - oracle.xdb.spi.XDBNamingEnumeration.close() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.PrintDriver.close() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLOutputStream.close() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLPrintDriver.close() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close() - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.close() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close() - oracle.xml.sql.query.OracleXMLQuery.close() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- close() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (DefaultContext) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (ExecutionContext) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (Oracle class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (Oracle class), 4-14 (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method, 6-20 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for caching statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for caching statements, 14-7 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for OracleConnectionCache interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSECURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- closed backup operations
- creating a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- closed backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- closeFile() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closePooledConnection() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closeSource( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- closeSource( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- closeWithKey() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closeWithKey() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closeWithKey() method, 14-9 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close_all_connections()
- function of UTL_TCP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CONNECTION (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close_connection()
- function of UTL_TCP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CURSOR function (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- close_data() function
- of UTL_SMTP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE_RELAY command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- closing
- all open BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- BFILEs with CLOSE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- BFILEs with FILECLOSE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- cursors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- closing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- CLU synonym for USER_CLUSTERS view (Reference)
- clump size in near operator (Text Reference)
- clustdb.sql script (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- cluster
- components (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- definition (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- storage access (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- cluster
- as schema object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- reason for being invalid (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- CLUSTER clause
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of TRUNCATE (SQL Reference)
- Cluster Command Error Messages (PRKC) (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database
- Destination Type tasks (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- cluster database
- availability (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- reasons not to convert to (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Cluster Database Instances folder
- in Console Navigator window (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Management Error Messages (PRKP) (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Operation Results dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- cluster database processing
- definition (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- hardware for (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- when advantageous (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Cluster Database Shutdown dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Shutdown Progress dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Started message box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Startup dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Startup Results dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Startup/Shutdown Results dialog box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Database Stopped message box (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster databases
- disconnecting from (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- cluster databases
- displaying objects in Console (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- cluster details
- average blocks per cluster key (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- displaying (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- distinct hash values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cluster file system (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- benefits (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- storage in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- cluster file systems
- in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- Cluster Hardware Architecture (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- CLUSTER hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- cluster keys (Concepts)
- Cluster Manager (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- failure detection (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- cluster manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Cluster Manager (CM)
- interaction with Global Cache Service (GCS) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- node monitoring (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- purpose (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- software (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Properties (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cluster reorganization (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Cluster Setup for Windows NT Error Messages (PRKI) (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Cluster Statistics dialog (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- clustered computer systems
- Real Application Clusters (Concepts)
- clustered file systems
- as required by Oracle Managed Files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- clustered tables (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #2] (New Features)
- with free lists and free list groups (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- clustered tables. (Administrator's Guide)
- clustering (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- sample programs (Data Mining Concepts)
- clustering factor (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- clusters
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- allocating extents (Administrator's Guide)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- analyzing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- assigning tables to (SQL Reference)
- caching retrieved blocks (SQL Reference)
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- cluster indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- cluster keys
- columns for (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- SIZE parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- clustered tables (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER TABLE restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- collecting statistics on (SQL Reference)
- columns for cluster key (Administrator's Guide)
- configuring failover in (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- deallocating extents (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating unused extents (SQL Reference)
- definition (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- degree of parallelism
- changing (SQL Reference)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- when creating (SQL Reference)
- dictionary locks and (Concepts)
- directory and (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tables (SQL Reference)
- estimating space (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- extents (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- free list groups (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- free lists (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- granting system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- guidelines for managing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- hardware (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- hash
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- contrasted with index (Administrator's Guide)
- contrasted with index (Concepts)
- single-table (SQL Reference)
- hash and scans of (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- hash cluster (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- index
- contrasted with hash (Administrator's Guide)
- contrasted with hash (Concepts)
- indexed (SQL Reference)
- indexes on (Concepts)
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- joins and (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- key values
- allocating space for (SQL Reference)
- modifying space for (SQL Reference)
- keys (Concepts)
- affect indexing of nulls (Concepts)
- location (Administrator's Guide)
- migrated and chained rows in (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- overview of (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- parallel execution tuning (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- physical attributes
- changing (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- privileges
- for altering (Administrator's Guide)
- for creating (Administrator's Guide)
- for dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- releasing unused space (SQL Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- rowids and (Concepts)
- scans of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- scans of hash (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- scans of index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- scans of joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selecting tables (Administrator's Guide)
- single-table hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying PCTFREE for (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL examples (SQL Reference)
- storage attributes
- changing (SQL Reference)
- storage characteristics (SQL Reference)
- storage parameters of (Concepts)
- tablespace in which created (SQL Reference)
- truncating (Administrator's Guide)
- validating structure (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- clusterware
- diagnostics (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- clusterware layer
- adding a node (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES initialization parameter (Reference)
- and parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CMADMIN process (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cmadmpid.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cmadmpid.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cmadm_pid.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cmadm_pid.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- cman.ora file
- allowed values of parameters (Net Services Reference Guide)
- configuration parameter reference (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- parameters
- CMAN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN_ADMIN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN_PROFILE (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN_RULES (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN_RULES (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACING (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting up (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN.ORA file, creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cmanpid.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cmanpid.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN_ADMIN networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- cman_pid.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cman_pid.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN_PROFILE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CMAN_RULES networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CMDSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CMGW process (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMPDBMIG.SQL script (Reference)
- CM_SELECT_ROLE role (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- cn attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CNAME.SMD Oracle Names record (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- COALESCE clause
- for partitions (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- COALESCE function (SQL Reference)
- as a variety of CASE expression (SQL Reference)
- COALESCE PARTITION clause (Administrator's Guide)
- COALESCE SUBPARTITION clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- coalescing extents (Concepts)
- coalescing free space
- extents (Concepts)
- SMON process (Concepts)
- SMON process (Concepts)
- within data blocks (Concepts)
- coalescing indexes
- costs (Administrator's Guide)
- COBOL (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- COBOL datatypes (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL datatypes, additional (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL versions supported (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL-74 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL-85 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CODE
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- code
- example programs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- list of demonstration programs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- native compilation (Java Developer's Guide)
- code chart
- displaying and printing (Globalization Support Guide)
- code examples
- description of RMAN (Recovery Manager Reference)
- code generation
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle-specific vs. ISO standard (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translator -codegen option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code layers in profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CODE OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- code page (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- code point (Globalization Support Guide)
- CODE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- code, generated by translator (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- CODE, parameter for APPLET tag (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CODEBASE, parameter for APPLET tag (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- codecs (compression and decompression schemes) (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- codegen option (SQLJ -codegen) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CodeSource class (Java Developer's Guide)
- equals method (Java Developer's Guide)
- implies method (Java Developer's Guide)
- CODE_PIECES view (Reference)
- CODE_SIZE view (Reference)
- coding area
- for paragraph names (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- coding conventions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- coding guidelines
- function names (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- reserved words (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- coherency
- of object cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- col - oracle.xml.util.XMLError.col (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- COL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COL view (Reference)
- cold backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- cold failover cluster
- definition (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- collating sequence (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collation
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- COLLECT GET statement
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Collect Options property sheet
- displaying (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- System page (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Workload page (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Collect page. See tuning session window. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collected data
- analyzing (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- browsing (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- collecting data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- classes of data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- incomplete data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- invalid data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- unusable data (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collection
- canceling (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- errors during (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- restrictions during (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION APPEND statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- collection class
- collecting data efficiently (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Database class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- description (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- determining whether to collect (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Instance class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- reducing collection time (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Schema class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- size of (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- source of (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- summary table (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- System class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- volatility of (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Workload class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection exceptions
- when raised (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collection frequency
- specifying for a target (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- COLLECTION GET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION GET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection index (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- collection methods
- applying to parameters (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DELETE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- EXISTS (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- EXTEND (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- FIRST (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LAST (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LIMIT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- NEXT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PRIOR (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- TRIM (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collection object types
- handling (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection problems
- troubleshooting (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- COLLECTION RESET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION RESET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION SET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION SET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION TRIM statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
- COLLECTION TRIM (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection types
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- multilevel (SQL Reference)
- output (JPublisher User's Guide)
- representing in Java (JPublisher User's Guide)
- structs for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection-typed values
- converting to datatypes (SQL Reference)
- collections (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #6] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Utilities)
- [entry #9] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #10] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- about custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- and C (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- assigning (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- autonomous access (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- bulk binding (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- bulk-binding of (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collection columns
- user-specified storage (Migration)
- collection locators
- compatibility (Migration)
- comparing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructors (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating collection types (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DML on (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- element access (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- element types (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- functions for manipulating (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fundamentals (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
- key compression (Concepts)
- initializing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting rows into (SQL Reference)
- introduction to collection support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- kinds (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- loading (Utilities)
- manipulating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- mapping to alternative classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- modifying retrieval method (SQL Reference)
- multi level (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- multilevel (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating with REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DML (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object views containing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT GET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT SET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ORAData specifications (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- querying (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- referencing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- scanning functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scope (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- See also varrays (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- specifying type mapping (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying type mapping, 6-34 (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- substituting in (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- table items (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- treating as a table (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- unnesting (SQL Reference)
- examples (SQL Reference)
- variable arrays (VARRAYs) (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- VARRAYs (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- varrays (SQL Reference)
- weak types, restrictions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- weak types, support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- working with (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- collections (nested tables and arrays) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COLLECTION_IS_NULL exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collectTimingInfo(boolean) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.collectTimingInfo(boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- collocated inline views
- tuning distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- colon
- use of with host variables (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- colons (:)
- bind variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- color
- reading (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- color visual attribute (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- location visual attribute (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- specified with location (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- COLS synonym for USER_TAB_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- COLSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column
- obtaining cardinality values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- column alias (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when needed (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- column array rows
- specifying number of (Utilities)
- COLUMN command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ALIAS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in bottom titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in top titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering multiple (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_AFTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_BEFORE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADSEP character (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- JUSTIFY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEWLINE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEW_VALUE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOPRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OLD_VALUE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing current date in variable for titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRUNCATED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WORD_WRAPPED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WRAPPED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column constraints
- restrictions on (SQL Reference)
- column definitions (types/sizes)
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer optcols option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ -optcols option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column headings
- aligning (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column headings (continued)
- changing character used to underline (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing to two or more words (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying on more than one line (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing printing in a report (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for CHAR and LONG columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for DATE columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for NUMBER columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column list
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in INSERT statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when permissible to omit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- column lists (Streams)
- Column Name (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- column name
- restrictions on spatial column names (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- column objects
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- conflict resolution
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- direct path loading of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- loading (Utilities)
- with user-defined constructors (Utilities)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution (Replication Management API Reference)
- versus row objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- column order (Performance Planning)
- column REF constraints (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- column separator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Column Statistics (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- column name (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- density (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- distinct values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- materialized views
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution methods (Replication Management API Reference)
- column types
- defining (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- redefining (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supported for indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- COLUMNARRAYROWS parameter
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- columnProps attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- columns
- accessing in triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- adding (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- adding to master tables (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aliases for (SQL Reference)
- altering storage (SQL Reference)
- assigning aliases (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- associating statistics with (SQL Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- basing an index on (SQL Reference)
- cardinality (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- character semantics (Advanced Replication)
- collecting statistics on (SQL Reference)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Replication Management API Reference)
- adding members to (Replication Management API Reference)
- adding members to (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ensuring data integrity with multiple (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- removing members from (Replication Management API Reference)
- removing members from (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column names
- qualifying in queries (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- column objects (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- indexes (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- comments on (SQL Reference)
- computing summary lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying values between tables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating comments about (SQL Reference)
- default values (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- default values for (Concepts)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- described (Concepts)
- displaying information about (Administrator's Guide)
- displaying values in bottom titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying values in top titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping from a table (SQL Reference)
- exporting LONG datatypes (Utilities)
- formatting CHAR, VARCHAR, LONG, and DATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting in reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting MLSLABEL, RAW MLSLABEL, ROWLABEL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- generating derived values with triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- granting privileges for selected (Administrator's Guide)
- granting privileges on (Administrator's Guide)
- hidden (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- increasing length (Administrator's Guide)
- INSERT privilege and (Administrator's Guide)
- integrity constraints (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- listing display attributes for all (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing display attributes for one (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing in an UPDATE trigger (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- listing users granted to (Administrator's Guide)
- loading REF columns (Utilities)
- LOB
- maximum in concatenated indexes (Concepts)
- maximum in view or table (Concepts)
- modifying definition (Administrator's Guide)
- multiple foreign key constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- names in destination table when copying (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- number of CHECK constraints limit (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- objects
- loading nested column objects (Utilities)
- stream record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- order of (Concepts)
- printing line after values that overflow (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- prohibiting nulls in (Concepts)
- pseudocolumn ROWNUM (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- pseudocolumns
- ROWID (Concepts)
- USER (Concepts)
- qualifying in queries (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- reordering before Import (Utilities)
- resetting a column to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting all columns to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- revoking privileges on (Administrator's Guide)
- ROWNUM pseudocolumn (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selectivity (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selectivity estimates and histograms (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- setting printing to off or on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting to a constant value with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to a unique sequence number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to an expression value with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to null with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to the current date with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to the datafile record number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as PIECED
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying length in bytes or characters (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- starting new lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing values in variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- to index (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- truncating display for all when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- truncating display for one when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- wrapping display for all when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping display for one when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping whole words for one (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- columns types
- supported for CTXCAT index (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- supported for CTXXPATH index (Text Reference)
- supported for indexing (Text Reference)
- columns, privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- COLUMN_NAME (in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMN_PRIVILEGES view (Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE keyword (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- COMMA - oracle.xml.parser.v2.ElementDecl.COMMA (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- comma, number format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command attribute (Text Reference)
- command files
- aborting and exiting with a return code (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- allowing end-user input (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with a system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with SAVE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with host system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in @ ("at" sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in @@ (double "at" sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in EDIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in START command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including comments in (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one PL/SQL block (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one SQL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- nesting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- passing parameters to (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- registering (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running a series in sequence (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running as you start SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running in batch mode (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running nested (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- uniform resource locator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command interface
- RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- command line
- arguments for RMAN (Recovery Manager Reference)
- command-line options
- MIG utility (Migration)
- running Change Manager from (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- command line
- running Change Manager from (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- command line (translator)
- echoing without executing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax and arguments (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- command line interface
- capture command (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- enabling logging for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- compare command (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- enabling logging for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- creating a baseline using (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- creating a comparison using (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- de-establishing administrator credentials for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- entering commands in a .BAT file (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- establishing administrator credentials for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- execute command (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- enabling logging for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- examples of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- executing a script using (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- exit status codes returned by (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generate command (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- enabling logging for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generating a script using (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- login command (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- logout command (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- oracg (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- oraxml (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- overview of commands (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- requirements for using (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- scheduling the execution of scripts (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- specifying completion actions for a script execution (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- specifying the direction in which to execute a script (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- understanding the notation for command syntax (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- uses for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- using on UNIX (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- using on Windows NT (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- command line tools
- ldapaddmt (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapbind (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapcompare (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapdelete (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapmoddn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapmodify (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapmodifymt (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- ldapsearch (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- command line utilities
- oracg (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- command prompt
- SET SQLPROMPT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command prompts
- suppressing from DGMGRL command-line interface output (Data Guard Broker)
- command() function
- of UTL_SMTP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- command-line
- configuring globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- user interface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command-line interface
- broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- command-line option value lists (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command-line options
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters in (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- specifying an option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- whitespace used in (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command-line options--see options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- command-line parameters
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- specifying in SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- command-line problems
- troubleshooting (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- command-line syntax (JPublisher User's Guide)
- command-line tools
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- adding configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Catalog Management Tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- comparing attribute values (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for managing entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- indexing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapadd (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapaddmt (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapbind (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapcompare (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapdelete (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapmoddn (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapmodify (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapmodifymt (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapsearch (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ldapUploadAgentFile.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- managing
- attributes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modifying configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- oidmcrep.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- oidmdelp.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- oidmuplf.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- schemasync (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- setting Globalization Support (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stopodis.sh (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- commands
- bootone (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- call_home (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- collecting timing statistics on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT FORCE (Migration)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- exit (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- haltone (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- help (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- move_primary (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- pfsboot (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- pfshalt (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- quit (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- report (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- restore (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ROLLBACK FORCE (Migration)
- status (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- stop_secondary (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- switchover (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- commands (continued)
- entering in iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- host, running from SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- not supported in iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- re-enabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- spaces (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL
- editing in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with host system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering without executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- following syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- saving current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting character used to end and run (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus
- abbreviations (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command summary (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing at command prompt (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering during SQL command entry (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- obsolete command alternatives (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL, continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stopping while running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- tabs (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- types of (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- variables that affect running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- writing interactive (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- commands, Recovery Manager
- @ (Recovery Manager Reference)
- @@ (Recovery Manager Reference)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL FOR MAINTENANCE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- archivelogRecordSpecifier clause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- BACKUP (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- PROXY ONLY option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- PROXY option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SKIP OFFLINE option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- BACKUP CURRENT CONTROLFILE (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- batch execution (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- BLOCKRECOVER (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CATALOG (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CHANGE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- completedTimeSpec clause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CONFIGURE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CONNECT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- connectStringSpec clause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- COPY (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CREATE CATALOG (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CREATE SCRIPT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CROSSCHECK (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DELETE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DELETE SCRIPT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- deprecated (Recovery Manager Reference)
- DROP CATALOG (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DUPLICATE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- EXECUTE SCRIPT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- EXIT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- HOST (Recovery Manager Reference)
- how RMAN interprets (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- interactive (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- LIST (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- INCARNATION option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- listObjList clause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- piping (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- PRINT SCRIPT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- QUIT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- recordSpec (Recovery Manager Reference)
- RECOVER (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- REGISTER (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RELEASE CHANNEL (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- REPLACE SCRIPT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- REPORT (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- NEED BACKUP option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RESET DATABASE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- INCARNATION option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RESTORE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RESYNC CATALOG (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- FROM CONTROLFILECOPY option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RUN (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SEND (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SET (Recovery Manager Reference)
- MAXCORRUPT option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SHOW (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SPOOL (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SQL (Recovery Manager Reference)
- standalone (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- STARTUP (Recovery Manager Reference)
- summary (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- SWITCH (Recovery Manager Reference)
- terminating (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- types (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- untilClause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- UPGRADE CATALOG (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- VALIDATE (Recovery Manager Reference)
- commands, SQL
- ALTER DATABASE (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- commands, SQL*Plus
- RECOVER
- UNTIL TIME option (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- SET (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- command_replies() function
- of UTL_SMTP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Comment - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken.Comment (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- COMMENT ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- COMMENT clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of COMMIT (SQL Reference)
- of COMMIT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMMENT statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- comment(char[], int, int) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.comment(char[], int, int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- comment(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.comment(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- comment(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.comment(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- Comments
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions in PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- comments (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- adding to objects (SQL Reference)
- ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI SQL-style (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- associating with a transaction (SQL Reference)
- C-style (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- comments field
- updating in views (Replication Management API Reference)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus (Migration)
- dropping from objects (SQL Reference)
- embedded SQL statements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in embedded SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in Export parameter file (Utilities)
- in Import parameter file (Utilities)
- in SQL statements (SQL Reference)
- in SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- including in scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- on indextypes (SQL Reference)
- on operators (SQL Reference)
- on schema objects (SQL Reference)
- on table columns (SQL Reference)
- on tables (SQL Reference)
- removing from the data dictionary (SQL Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- specifying in server parameter file (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- using -- to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using /*...*/ to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- viewing (SQL Reference)
- which allowed (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- with external tables (Utilities)
- comments
- ANSI-style (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- C-style (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- not allowed in a configuration file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- PL/I-style (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQL-style (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- comments (in JSP code) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- comments in configuration files (Net Services Reference Guide)
- comments in dynamic PL/SQL blocks (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- comments in programs (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- commit
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatic (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatic vs. manual (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- effect on iterators and result sets (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- explicit versus implicit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- function of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in object applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- manual (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- modifying auto-commit in existing connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- one-phase for global transactions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- specifying auto-commit in new connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- two-phase for global transactions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- commit a distributed transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit changes to database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER OSERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT command
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus (Migration)
- COMMIT comment
- deprecation of (Concepts)
- COMMIT COMMENT statement
- used with distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- COMMIT FORCE command (Migration)
- COMMIT IN PROCEDURE clause
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- COMMIT keyword
- behavior differences (Migration)
- COMMIT parameter
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- commit phase (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- determining (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- how Oracle determines (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point strength
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- commit response (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- COMMIT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMMIT statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effect of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effects (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ending a transaction (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fast commit (Concepts)
- FORCE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- implied by DDL (Concepts)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- two-phase commit (Concepts)
- two-phase commit and (Administrator's Guide)
- using in a PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- where to place (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #8] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #9] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #10] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER TO PRIMARY clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- commit transaction (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- CommitDDL procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CommitResolve procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- committed data
- instance failure (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- sequence numbers (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- committing
- transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- committing a transaction (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- committing transactions
- defined (Concepts)
- distributed
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- fast commit (Concepts)
- group commits (Concepts)
- implementation (Concepts)
- COMMIT_POINT_STRENGTH initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- Common Gateway Interface (CGI), definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- common joins (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Common Object Request Broker API, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Common Oracle Runtime Environment, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- common parameter files
- using multiple (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Common Parameters (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- common parameters
- column (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- connect_string (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- destaddress (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- filename (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- logon-handle (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- rowid (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- table (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- common properties (Data Guard Broker)
- common services of Oracle Enterprise Manager (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- commonly asked questions. See frequently asked questions (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- commonName attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- communicating over a network (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- communication
- between databases in a Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- communication
- between service administrator and Dynamic Services engine (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- between service consumer application and Dynamic Services engine (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- supported protocols (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- communication between tiers (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Communication Daemon (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- communication daemon
- populating Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Communication functions (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- communication protocols
- verifying settings for (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- Communication with the Intelligent Agent (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- COMMUNITY networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- COMPACCESS privilege (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- COMPACT - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLOutputStream.COMPACT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- compact view
- definition (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- compact views (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- walking through (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- compare command
- enabling logging for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Compare Database Objects (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Compare Database Objects application
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Compare Database Objects application
- function of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- compareTo(XSDDataValue) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDDataValue.compareTo(oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDDataValue) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- comparing
- all or part of two LOBs
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- all or part of two temporary LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- all or parts of two BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- attribute values (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tables (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- two objects (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- comparing
- execution statistics (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- explain plans (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- SQL statements (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- comparison
- creating (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- creating a new version of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- creating using the command line interface (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- deleting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- deleting a previous version of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- exporting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- importing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- naming (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- saving (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing a previous version of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing history entries for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- working with a particular version of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- comparison
- creating (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- creating a new version of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- deleting (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- deleting a previous version of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- exporting (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- importing (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- naming (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- saving (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing a previous version of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing history entries for (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- working with a particular version of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- comparison conditions (SQL Reference)
- comparison functions
- MAP (SQL Reference)
- ORDER (SQL Reference)
- comparison methods (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- comparison operators
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- blank padding data (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- comparing dates (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- comparison semantics
- blank-padded (SQL Reference)
- nonpadded (SQL Reference)
- of character strings (SQL Reference)
- Comparison Viewer
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Comparison Viewer
- function of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- comparisons
- of character values (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of collections (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of expressions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compartments
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting authorizations (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- compat(ibility) option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compatibility (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [entry #2] (Migration)
- [entry #3] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- backward, for JPublisher (JPublisher User's Guide)
- between JDK versions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- client operating system and application character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- Oracle8i compatibility mode (JPublisher User's Guide)
- recovery catalog (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager Reference)
- shared and exclusive modes (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- compatibility level
- checking (Migration)
- resetting (Migration)
- COMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- compatibilityInit( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBLE
- initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- compatible (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Migration)
- [entry #6] (Streams)
- [entry #7] (Streams)
- [entry #8] (Streams)
- [entry #9] (Streams)
- [entry #10] (Streams)
- checking (Migration)
- database structures (Migration)
- requirements for setting (Data Guard Broker)
- setting (Migration)
- features requiring (Migration)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- when to set (Migration)
- compatible option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compatible option (JPublisher -compatible) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBLE parameter (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- compilation (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and execution of RMAN commands (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- compiling in two passes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- during translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- javaccmd config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- ojspc noCompile option (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- compilation of object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- COMPILE clause
- of ALTER DIMENSION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER FUNCTION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER JAVA SOURCE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA (SQL Reference)
- COMPILE command
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in models (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- introduction to (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- compile option (sqlj -compile) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMPILE parameter
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- compile-time errors (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- compiled PL/SQL
- advantages of (Concepts)
- procedures (Concepts)
- pseudocode (Concepts)
- shared pool (Concepts)
- triggers (Concepts)
- compiler
- classpath option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- option support for javac (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options through SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- related options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- required behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying name (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler encoding support option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler executable option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler hint, NOCOPY (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compiler message output pipe option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler output file option (sqlj -compiler...) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler switches
- dropping and preserving (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- COMPILE_FROM_REMOTE procedure (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- arguments (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- executing (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- compiling (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- error messages (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- memory problems (Java Developer's Guide)
- options (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- runtime (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- setting options (Java Developer's Guide)
- specifying include file locations (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- compiling and linking
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- compiling PL/SQL procedures for native execution (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compiling PL/SQL procedures to native code (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- compiling sample programs (Data Mining Concepts)
- COMPLETE clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complete recovery (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- definition (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- procedures (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- complete refresh (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Complete single feature (Data Mining Concepts)
- completed task
- refreshing the display (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- completed task
- refreshing the display (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- completedTimeSpec clause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- completing
- pending task (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- completion messages
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- complex materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- value for PCTFREE (Advanced Replication)
- value for PCTUSED (Advanced Replication)
- complex object retrieval
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- depth level (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for Oracle Call Interface (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- implementing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- navigational prefetching (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetch limit (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- root object (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (COR) descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (COR) handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetching (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- retrieving (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex queries
- snowflake schemas (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complex view merging (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- complexType
- collections (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- cycling (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- cycling between (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- elements (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- handling inheritance (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- in XML schema (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- mapping any and any attributes (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- mapping to SQL (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- restrictions (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- compliance, ANSI/ISO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- component selector (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Components (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- components
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- broker (Data Guard Broker)
- created when using the DBCA (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Data Guard (Concepts)
- Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- for high availability (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- of a directory server (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Internet Directory SDK (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Components section of the response file (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- COMPONENT_LANGUAGES (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- DEPENDENCY_LIST (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- INSTALL_TYPE (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- OPTIONAL_CONFIG_TOOLS (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- PROD_HOME (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- components, Oracle JVM (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- components. See label components (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- COMPONENT_LANGUAGES (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- COMPOSE function (SQL Reference)
- composed characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- composite
- columns (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning methods (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance considerations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance considerations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- composite attribute
- BASIC_LEXER (Text Reference)
- KOREAN_MORP_LEXER (Text Reference)
- composite dimensions (OLAP User's Guide)
- composite foreign keys (SQL Reference)
- composite indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- composite job (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- composite jobs (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- composite keys
- restricting nulls in (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- composite limits
- costs and (Administrator's Guide)
- composite partitioned objects
- for hot block performance issues (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- composite partitioned tables
- subpartition template, modifying (Administrator's Guide)
- composite partitioning
- creating tables using (Administrator's Guide)
- default partition (Administrator's Guide)
- examples of (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- range-list (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- when to use (Administrator's Guide)
- composite primary keys (SQL Reference)
- composite textkey
- encoding (Text Reference)
- composite types (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- composite word dictionary (Text Reference)
- composite word index
- creating for German or Dutch text (Text Reference)
- composite words
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- composites
- assigning names to unnamed (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defining single-dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting base dimensions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting dimensions used by (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- maintaining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- named (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- naming (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- renaming (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- single-dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- unnamed (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- unnaming (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- using commands with (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- COMPOSITE_LIMIT parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- compositing (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- compound conditions (SQL Reference)
- compound element (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- compound expressions (SQL Reference)
- compound line string (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- compound polygon (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- compound service execution adaptor (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- message merger (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- message splitter (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- message transformer (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- compound service package
- contents (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- compound symbols (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CompoundCursor objects
- getting children of, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating for a crosstab view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating for a table view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- positions of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- comprehensive tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- description (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- COMPRESS clause
- nested tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- of ALTER INDEX ... REBUILD (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- COMPRESS parameter
- for Export utility (Utilities)
- compressing
- workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- compression
- of index keys (SQL Reference)
- See data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
- compression
- formats (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- compression of free space in data blocks (Concepts)
- compression of XML (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- compression, index key (Concepts)
- CompressWorkspace procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CompressWorkspaceTree procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AVG function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing a summary on different columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LABEL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing all definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MAXIMUM function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- maximum LABEL length (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MINIMUM function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMBER function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON column clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON expr clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON REPORT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON ROW clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing "grand" and "sub" summaries (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing multiple summaries on same column (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines at ends of reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines on a break (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in OF (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in ON (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- removing definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STD function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SUM function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to format a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- VARIANCE function (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTE STATISTICS clause
- of ALTER INDEX... REBUILD (SQL Reference)
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Reference)
- COMPUTES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing Lift (Data Mining Concepts)
- computing statistics
- using SQL ANALYZE command (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- COMP_CHARSET precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMP_READ function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- COMP_WRITE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- concat dimensions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defining variables for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- maintaining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- self-relations for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CONCAT function (SQL Reference)
- CONCAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONCATENATE parameter
- for SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- concatenated groupings (Data Warehousing Guide)
- concatenated indexes (Concepts)
- concatenated ROLLUP (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CONCATENATE_GEOM_SEGMENTS function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenating
- elements using XMLConcat (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- concatenating geometric segments (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- aggregate concatenation (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenation operator (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- treatment of nulls (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- concept query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- concepts in knowledge catalog (Text Reference)
- conceptual help topics
- accessing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- conceptual help topics
- accessing (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- conceptual modeling (Performance Planning)
- concurrency (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- data, definition (Concepts)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- inserts and updates (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- limits on
- for each user (Concepts)
- maximum number of instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- ROW_LOCKING initialization parameter (Reference)
- sequences (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- transactions and (Concepts)
- concurrency types in result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- concurrent conventional path loads (Utilities)
- concurrent database connections (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- concurrent logons (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- concurrent manager
- balancing (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- specialization (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- Concurrent Manager UpDown (for v8.1.6 and earlier Agents) event test (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- Concurrent Manager Utilization by Hour (24 x 7) report (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- concurrent reads and writes on different nodes (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- concurrent reads on multiple nodes (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- concurrent users
- increasing the number of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- concurrent writes on different nodes (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- CONCUR_READ_ONLY result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONCUR_UPDATABLE result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- conditional control (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conditional execution adaptor (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- conditional expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- conditional operators
- defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- conditional precompilation (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defining symbols (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- conditional precompilation
- benefits of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- conditional predicates
- trigger bodies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- conditions
- comparison (SQL Reference)
- compound (SQL Reference)
- EXISTS (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- group comparison (SQL Reference)
- in SQL syntax (SQL Reference)
- IS OF type (SQL Reference)
- LIKE (SQL Reference)
- logical (SQL Reference)
- membership (SQL Reference)
- null (SQL Reference)
- range (SQL Reference)
- rules (Streams)
- simple comparison (SQL Reference)
- UNDER_PATH (SQL Reference)
- confidence
- of association rule (Data Mining Concepts)
- confidentiality (Security Overview)
- CONFIG
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- config object (implicit) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- CONFIG OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- configDirectory parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- configNLDAP.ora (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configurable properties (Data Guard Broker)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- related to initilaization parameters (Data Guard Broker)
- related to log apply services (Data Guard Broker)
- related to log transport services (Data Guard Broker)
- related to SQL apply services (Data Guard Broker)
- configuration (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- classpath and class loader issues (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- classpath, JSWDK (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- classpath, Tomcat (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- client tier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- config param descriptions (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- config params, summary table (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- database tier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- file associations (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQL*Plus Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- JVM (Java Developer's Guide)
- map file name extensions, JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- map file name extensions, JSWDK (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- map file name extensions, Tomcat (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- map JSP file name extensions (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- middle tier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MIME types (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- optimization of execution (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Oracle HTTP Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle9i (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- performance (Java Developer's Guide)
- setting parameters, JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- setting parameters, JSWDK (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- setting parameters, Tomcat (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- testing HTTP Server configuration file (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Web server and servlet environment (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Web server classpath (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- configuration and installation verification (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- configuration directory (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- specifying (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- configuration file
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- system versus user (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- configuration file name (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- configuration files
- [entry #2] (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and the Object Type Translator (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and the OTT utility (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CyberSafe (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- location (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- system (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- user (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- configuration files
- system (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- user (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- configuration files for external procedures (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- configuration issues (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- configuration of a database
- process structure (Concepts)
- configuration operations (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- configuration options
- of online redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of standby environment (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases
- location and directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby databases
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- typical (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuration parameters
- CHARSET (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DB_DOMAIN (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DB_NAME (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DUMPLSNR_TIMEOUT (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- INSTANCE_NAME_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- INSTANCE_NUMBER_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- IS_MTS (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- LISTENER_CHECK_INTERVAL (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- MAX_LSNR_RESTART (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- MIN_LSNR_RESTART_INTERVAL (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle directory replication server
- location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ORACLE_ARCH_TIMEOUT (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_BASE (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_CKPT_TIMEOUT (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_DUMP_TIMEOUT (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_HOME (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_SERVICE (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_SID_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- ORACLE_USER (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFILE_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_CLUSTER_NAME (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_DEBUGGING (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_DUMP_LEVEL (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_IP_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_IP_PACK_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_IP_SUBNET_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_KEEP_PRIMARY (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_LANGUAGE (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_NET_IF_A (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_NET_IF_B (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_PORT_DED_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_PORT_MTS_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_PREFERRED_PRIMARY (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_PREFERRED_SECONDARY (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PFS_TERRITORY (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PLATFORM (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- PRIV_LSNR_CHECK_INTERVAL (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- SERVICE_NAMES (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- START_NET_TIMEOUT (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- STOP_NET_TIMEOUT (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Sun-specific (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- THREAD_HOSTn (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- TNS_ADMIN (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- configuration procedures (OLAP User's Guide)
- configuration raw device (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- adding (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using command line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using command-line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- database connections (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- debug level (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory server processes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- disabling SSL (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- for replication server (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- LDIF files (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using command-line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- preliminary considerations (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using command line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using ldapmodify (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in an active server instance (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- multiple (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orcldebuglevel (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclmaxcc (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclserverprocs (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclssl authentication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclsslenable (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclsslport (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclsslwalletpasswd (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- orclsslwalleturl (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- overriding user-specified (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- SSL parameters in (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- starting directory servers without using (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- using different (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- viewing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration set location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration sets. See configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration templates (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- configuration types
- Customized (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Data Warehouse (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- General Purpose (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- New Database (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Software Only (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Transaction Processing (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- configurations
- change in redo log (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- creating (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Data Guard (Concepts)
- dedicated server process (Data Guard Broker)
- for high availability (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- full active (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- overview (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- types of objects (Data Guard Broker)
- CONFIGURE command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- BACKUP COPIES parameter (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- BACKUP OPTIMIZATION option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CHANNEL option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CLEAR option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DEFAULT DEVICE TYPE clause (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DEVICE TYPE clause (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- EXCLUDE option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RETENTION POLICY clause (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- configuring
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- aliases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- API (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- backup operations on standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cascaded redo log destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cascaded redo log destinations standby databases
- logical (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- clients
- client load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client load balancing (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods in profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- primary and secondary instances (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- clients for DCE integration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- clients to use DCE CDS naming (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connection information (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- console for dialup line (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- cookies for iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CyberSafe authentication service parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- database resource properties (Data Guard Broker)
- DCE to use DCE Integration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- disaster recovery (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- domain user (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- e-mail server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Generic Connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- global database name (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- high availability (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- primary and secondary instances (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- HTTP Server (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- initialization parameters
- for alternate archive destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in anticipation of a failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in anticipation of a switchover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to create a standby database with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to set up log transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Kerberos authentication service parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- listener for logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- listener for physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- listeners
- primary and secondary instances (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- local management server
- for a new repository (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- for an existing repository (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Management Server to try to re-establish the connection to the repository serve (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- media manager
- installing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- prerequisites (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- media managers for use with RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- messaging gateway links (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- no data loss (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- online redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Oracle Net for a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Net/DCE external roles (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Performance Manager (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Oracle server with CyberSafe (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle server with Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- paging server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- parameter file (Concepts)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- primary and secondary instances (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- process structure (Concepts)
- propagation jobs (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- properties (Data Guard Broker)
- protocol server in Oracle XML DB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- RADIUS authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager
- autobackups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- automatic channels (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- automatic channels (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backup optimization (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backup retention policies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backup set size (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- clearing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- clearing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- default device types (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- default device types (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- device types (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- parallelism (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- shared server (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SHOW command (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- showing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- snapshot control file location (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- specific channels (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- tablespace exclusion for backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- reporting operations on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reports on port 8099 (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- See DBMS_MGWADM.DB_CONNECT_INFO procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Server Management (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- servlet (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- servlets in Oracle XML DB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- shared disks (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- shared schemas (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SID Prefix (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SNMP with Enterprise Manager (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- on the server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby databases at remote locations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log groups (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- thin JDBC support (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Gateways (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- using Enterprise Manager (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- web browser to run Enterprise Manager (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- webserver and directory mapping (oem_webstage)
- Apache webserver (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Internet Application Server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Internet Information Server (IIS) (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- X Window environment (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- configuring
- DSAdmin utility (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (continued)
- httpd.conf (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQL*Plus extension for windows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- javascript for iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Net (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- oracle_apache.conf (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- proxy server exceptions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- configuring a new database
- initial configuration (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- reconfiguration (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- configuring OSSAdmin utility (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- configuring shared server connections (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Configuring SNMP on UNIX Platforms (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- Configuring SNMP on Windows NT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- configuring TAF connections (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- configuring the Oracle network (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Confirmation dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- conflict management (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- beginning resolution (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- committing resolution (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- rolling back resolution (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- showing conflicts (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- additive method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- append sequence method (Advanced Replication)
- append site name method (Advanced Replication)
- architecture (Advanced Replication)
- auditing (Replication Management API Reference)
- average method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- avoiding conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- data integrity (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column lists (Streams)
- column subsetting
- updatable materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- concepts (Advanced Replication)
- configuring without quiesce (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict handlers (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- [subentry #3] (Streams)
- [subentry #4] (Streams)
- custom (Streams)
- interaction with apply handlers (Streams)
- modifying (Streams)
- prebuilt (Streams)
- removing (Streams)
- setting (Streams)
- convergence properties of methods (Advanced Replication)
- data convergence (Streams)
- data requirements (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view (Replication Management API Reference)
- delete conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- detecting conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- DISCARD handler (Streams)
- discard method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic site ownership (Advanced Replication)
- earliest timestamp method (Advanced Replication)
- error queue (Advanced Replication)
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- in synchronous propagation (Advanced Replication)
- information
- viewing (Replication Management API Reference)
- latest timestamp method (Advanced Replication)
- MAXIMUM handler (Streams)
- example (Streams)
- latest time (Streams)
- maximum method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- methods for delete conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- methods for uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- methods for update conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- MINIMUM handler (Streams)
- minimum method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- OVERWRITE handler (Streams)
- overwrite method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- performance (Advanced Replication)
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- minimum communication (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- prebuilt methods (Advanced Replication)
- preparing for (Replication Management API Reference)
- primary site ownership (Advanced Replication)
- priority groups method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- procedural replication and (Replication Management API Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- resolution columns (Streams)
- site priority method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- sample trigger (Replication Management API Reference)
- statistics (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- canceling (Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing (Replication Management API Reference)
- time-based (Streams)
- example (Streams)
- preparing for (Streams)
- timestamp method (Replication Management API Reference)
- sample trigger (Replication Management API Reference)
- transaction ordering (Advanced Replication)
- types of conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- uniqueness (Replication Management API Reference)
- uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- update conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined methods (Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects (Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting (Replication Management API Reference)
- example (Replication Management API Reference)
- for delete conflicts (Replication Management API Reference)
- for uniqueness conflicts (Replication Management API Reference)
- for update conflicts (Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views (Replication Management API Reference)
- parameters (Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions (Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing information (Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict resolution, in replication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- conflict views (xxx_CONF) (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- conflicting access control policies (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- precedence
- rules for resolving (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- conflicts
- avoidance (Streams)
- delete (Streams)
- primary database ownership (Streams)
- uniqueness (Streams)
- update (Streams)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- delete (Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic ownership (Replication Management API Reference)
- delete (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- detecting (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- detection (Streams)
- identifying rows (Streams)
- DML conflicts (Streams)
- error queue (Advanced Replication)
- foreign key (Streams)
- notification log table
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Replication Management API Reference)
- notification methods
- user-defined (Replication Management API Reference)
- notification package
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Replication Management API Reference)
- ordering
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- procedural replication (Advanced Replication)
- token passing (Replication Management API Reference)
- transaction ordering (Streams)
- types of (Streams)
- uniqueness (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- update (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- workflow (Replication Management API Reference)
- conflicts, replication
- attribute-level (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- automated resolution of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- entry-level (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- manual resolution of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- resolution (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- resolving manually (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- typical causes of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- confusion matrix (Data Mining Concepts)
- figure (Data Mining Concepts)
- conjoint dimensions
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- deleting values from (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- maintaining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- maintaining when reading files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- merging values into (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CONNECT BY clause
- of queries and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- of SELECT (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- optimizing view queries (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT clause
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT command
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #6] (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and @ ("at" sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSOPER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT command (SQL)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect descriptor (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- connect descriptors (Net Services Reference Guide)
- connect functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in CONNECT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in DESCRIBE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect identifiers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT INTERNAL
- desupported (Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT role (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- user-defined types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CONNECT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- enabling a semantic check (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- logging on to Oracle (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- placement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- USING clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- USING clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to enable a semantic check (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when not required (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connect string
- Connection Manager (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connect strings (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Oracle Net (Utilities)
- CONNECT SYS
- example of (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CONNECT THROUGH clause
- of ALTER USER (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT TO clause
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Reference)
- connect() method (Oracle class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connect-time failover (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- described (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME networking parameter in listener.oa (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME networking parameter in listener.ora (Migration)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME parameter in listener.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Connect/Disconnect button in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connectDriver parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- connected directories
- described (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connected user database links (Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECTED_GEOM_SEGMENTS function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- connectHost parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- connecting
- across cells (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- privileges required for Data Guard broker configurations (Data Guard Broker)
- Real Application Clusters database (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- to a database with a thin driver (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- to a directory server (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in a typical directory operation (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- to additional directory servers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- to an Oracle database
- to verify roles (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- to an Oracle server in DCE (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- with username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- without username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- to instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- to multiple directory servers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- to remote instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- to the database (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- to the primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- with username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting
- manually to a target (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- to a discovered target (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- to a target (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- to an historical database (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- to an Oracle Trace database (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- connecting to a database (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to a database
- AUTHORIZATION clause and (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- calling RPC stubs and (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- connecting to Oracle (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatic connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatically (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- concurrently (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using Oracle Net (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- via Oracle Net (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle
- automatically (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- connection
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- configuration (Java Developer's Guide)
- from KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- function of UTL_TCP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- management (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- multitier (Security Overview)
- opening (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- opening for JDBC OCI driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- opening for JDBC Thin driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- pooling (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Properties object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- redirection (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- hardware-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- network-level (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- software-based (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- security (Java Developer's Guide)
- connection caching
- adding connection event listener (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- basics, accessing the cache (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- basics, closing connections (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- basics, opening connections (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- basics, setting up a cache (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cache instance getConnection() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection events (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating connection event listener (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implementation scenarios (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- OracleConnectionCache interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- OracleConnectionCacheImpl class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- OracleConnectionEventListener class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- preliminary steps (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- removing connection event listener (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps in closing a connection (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps in opening a connection (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection caching, overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Connection class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection contexts
- close connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concepts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting from JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting to JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaration with IMPLEMENTS clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring connection context class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- from SQLJ data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- from SQLJ data sources, 7-16 (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get default connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get execution context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implementation and functionality (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- instantiating connection object (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple connections, example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- relation to execution contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- semantics-checking (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- set default connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying connection for statement (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying for executable statement (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection contexts and instances, use of (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Connection Definitions (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- connection drivers (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- Connection event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- connection event listener (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection factory
- queue/topic, LDAP (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- topic, with JDBC URL (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- unregistering in LDAP through database (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- unregistering in LDAP through LDAP (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- connection function
- of UTL_SMTP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- connection identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connection information
- configuring (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- configuring
- dedicated server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Connection Manager (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- installing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- starting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using multiple managers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing the connect string (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection manager (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- connection methods, JDBC 2.0 result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection mode
- nonblocking (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Connection objects
- example of closing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of getting an existing one (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- connection pool
- createConnectionPool method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection pooling (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Security Overview)
- [entry #7] (Security Overview)
- code example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- concepts (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating data source and connecting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- demo program1 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- demo program2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- introduction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle data source implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- pooled connections (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- standard data source interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connection properties
- database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defaultBatchValue (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defaultRowPrefetch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- includeSynonyms (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- internal_logon (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sysdba (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sysoper (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- password (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- put() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- remarksReporting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- user (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection qualifiers
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- database links and (Administrator's Guide)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- connectionClosed() method (connection event listener) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connectionErrorOccurred() method (connection event listener) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connectionless communication (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- ConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connections
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- adjusting listener queue size to avoid errors (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- auditing (Administrator's Guide)
- bequeath (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- closing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing shared connections with JDBC (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connect strings (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database connection in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dedicated servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default versus non-default (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- default versus nondefault (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- Explicit connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQLJ data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- from SQLJ data sources, 7-16 (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting existing ones (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Heterogeneous Services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- implicit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- JDBC transaction methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- load balancing in Net8 (Migration)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- modifying auto-commit (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple, using declared connect contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Network Information Service (NIS) external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Network Information Service external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle class to connect (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb databases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- read-only (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- remote
- terminating (Administrator's Guide)
- restricting (Concepts)
- sessions contrasted with (Concepts)
- set up (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- shared connections with JDBC (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- single or multiple using default context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying auto-commit (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- startup of components (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- steps for establishing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- to database (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- translator options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- verify (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- with administrator privileges (Concepts)
- CONNECTIONS (CON or CONN) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connectJDBCProt parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- connectors (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration information (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- managing from the command line (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connectPassword parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- connectPort parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- connectSID parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- connectStringSpec clause (Recovery Manager Reference)
- connectUserName parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- CONNECT_DATA networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CONNECT_TIME parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT_TIMEOUT_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- CONSIDER command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CONSIDER FRESH clause
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- consistency
- checking for valid geometry types (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- multiversion read (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- of object cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- read (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- read consistency, definition (Concepts)
- read-only transactions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- consistency of data
- See also (Concepts)
- consistent backups
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- whole database (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- consistent change ratio
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CONSISTENT CHANGES in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CONSISTENT GETS in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- consistent gets statistic (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- consistent mode
- TKPROF (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CONSISTENT parameter
- for Export utility (Utilities)
- nested tables and (Utilities)
- partitioned table and (Utilities)
- consistent read (CR) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- consistent read versions (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Console
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- File menu (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Help menu (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- menus (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Navigator window with Cluster Database objects (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- right-mouse menu (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Edit (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Related Tools (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Results (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Results (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Shutdown (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Shutdown (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Startup (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- View Edit Details (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- scheduling jobs (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- setting Cluster Database events (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- setup (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- starting Oracle Cluster Database database (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- stopping database (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- using menus (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- viewing Cluster Database status (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- viewing shutdown results (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- viewing startup results (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- console
- Events Pane (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Group Pane (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Jobs Pane (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- list of tasks that can be performed from (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- user interface (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Console
- starting
- from command line (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- from Windows Start menu (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- Console connected to Management Server
- configuring and starting paging server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- configuring e-mail server (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- creating administrator accounts (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- discovering network nodes and machines (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- enabling job system (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- reasons for choosing (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- starting (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Console from web browser (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Console in standalone mode (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- adding databases to the tree (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- connecting to a database (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- editing local preferred credentials (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- reasons for choosing (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- repository (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- starting (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- console log
- displaying (Data Guard Broker)
- Console Messages (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- Console panes
- Groups (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Console, starting (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- ConsoleOutput( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- consolidating
- extents (Utilities)
- const
- declaring constants (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONSTANT parameter
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- constant Source objects
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- constant values. (SQL Reference)
- constants
- comparisons and (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_MGWADM package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- evaluation of expressions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- in stored procedures (Concepts)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when computed (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- constants for SQL types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constraining data to a geometry type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- constraining tables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- constraint violations (Advanced Replication)
- CONSTRAINT(S) session parameter (SQL Reference)
- constraints
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- adding to a table (SQL Reference)
- allowed in views (Concepts)
- altering (SQL Reference)
- alternatives to (Concepts)
- application development issues (Administrator's Guide)
- applications can find violations (Concepts)
- automatic integrity and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- CHECK (Concepts)
- check (SQL Reference)
- checking
- at end of transaction (SQL Reference)
- at start of transaction (SQL Reference)
- at the end of each DML statement (SQL Reference)
- column REF (SQL Reference)
- default values and (Concepts)
- deferrable (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- enforcing (SQL Reference)
- defined (Concepts)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- for a table (SQL Reference)
- on a column (SQL Reference)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- disabling (SQL Reference)
- cascading (SQL Reference)
- maximum number of (SQL Reference)
- modifying existing (SQL Reference)
- parent-child relationships between (SQL Reference)
- properties (SQL Reference)
- properties (SQL Reference)
- qualifying names of (SQL Reference)
- REF (SQL Reference)
- renaming (SQL Reference)
- restricting values for (SQL Reference)
- specifying as primary key (SQL Reference)
- specifying constraints on (SQL Reference)
- specifying default values (SQL Reference)
- storage properties (SQL Reference)
- substitutable (SQL Reference)
- disabling after table creation (SQL Reference)
- disabling at table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling during table creation (SQL Reference)
- disabling referential constraints (Utilities)
- disabling temporarily (Concepts)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- dropping integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- effect on performance (Concepts)
- enable novalidate state (Administrator's Guide)
- ENABLE or DISABLE (Concepts)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- after a parallel direct path load (Utilities)
- enabling after table creation (SQL Reference)
- enabling during table creation (SQL Reference)
- enabling example (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling when violations exist (Administrator's Guide)
- enforced on a direct load (Utilities)
- enforced with indexes (Concepts)
- PRIMARY KEY (Concepts)
- UNIQUE (Concepts)
- exceptions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- exceptions to integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- failed
- Import (Utilities)
- FOREIGN KEY (Concepts)
- foreign key (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage attributes (SQL Reference)
- handled on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- integrity
- types listed (Concepts)
- integrity constraint states (Administrator's Guide)
- integrity, definition (Concepts)
- keeping index when disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- keeping index when dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- load method (Utilities)
- mechanisms of enforcement (Concepts)
- modifying (Concepts)
- NOT NULL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- on Oracle objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- on views (Concepts)
- on XMLType columns (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- ORA-02055
- constrain violation (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel create table (Data Warehousing Guide)
- preventing Import errors due to uniqueness constraints (Utilities)
- PRIMARY KEY (Concepts)
- referential
- effect of updates (Concepts)
- self-referencing (Concepts)
- self-referencing (Advanced Replication)
- REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- RELY (Data Warehousing Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- restriction on stored functions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SCOPE FOR constraint (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- See integrity constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- setting at table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- states (Data Warehousing Guide)
- structured storage (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- triggers cannot violate (Concepts)
- triggers contrasted with (Concepts)
- types listed (Concepts)
- unique (Data Warehousing Guide)
- UNIQUE key (Concepts)
- partially null (Concepts)
- using with XMLType tables (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- VALIDATE or NOVALIDATE (Concepts)
- view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- what happens when violated (Concepts)
- when evaluated (Concepts)
- when to disable (Administrator's Guide)
- where not allowed (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- with partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- constraints
- selecting chart (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- CONSTRAINTS parameter
- for Export utility (Utilities)
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- constraints, object classes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- constructor method (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- constructor methods (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #5] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- and object types (SQL Reference)
- literal invocation of (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructors
- Annotation (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnotationFactory (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnotationHandler (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnotationHandler(int) (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnTaskManager (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- AnnTaskMonitor (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- attribute-value (Utilities)
- overriding (Utilities)
- collection (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defining (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defining for an object type (SQL Reference)
- MADataInputStream(InputStream, boolean,String,String) (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- MADataInputStream(MADataInputStream, boolean,String,String) (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- MimeMap (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- object (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- OrdFileMapping (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Parser (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Preferences (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Preferences(Properties) (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- user-defined (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- loading column objects with (Utilities)
- consumer servers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- consumers (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- contact descriptor XML file (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- CONTAINS
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #3] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- compared against existsNode (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- compared to existsNode() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- operators (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CONTAINS condition (SQL Reference)
- CONTAINS mask relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTAINS operator
- example (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- content
- provider (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- Dynamic Services services (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- extensibility (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- making adaptors extensible (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- sample database adaptor (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- sample file adaptor (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- sample Web adaptor (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- subscriber (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- syndication (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- syndicator (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- content access items (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- access control points (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- of an existing ACP (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- specifying for a specific entry (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- content management (Concepts)
- content provider profile management (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- content type settings
- dynamic (setContentType method) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- static (page directive) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Content, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- content-based retrieval
- benefits (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- example (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- overview (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- contention
- block-level (Reference)
- disk (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- for data
- deadlocks (Concepts)
- lock escalation does not occur (Concepts)
- for rollback segments (Concepts)
- memory (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- sequence number (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- contents (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Contents page for help
- accessing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Contents page for help
- accessing (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- CONTEXT
- command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- function (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- ConText
- migrating to Oracle Text (Migration)
- context
- switching (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- transaction (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- WITH CONTEXT clause (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- context (session) (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- GetSessionInfo function (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- context block
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- context expressions
- evaluation at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONTEXT FREE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT grammar (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CONTEXT index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- customizing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- HTML example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- context indextype (Text Reference)
- context menu (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- iSQL*Plus extension for windows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- context namespaces
- accessible to instance (SQL Reference)
- associating with package (SQL Reference)
- initializing using OCI (SQL Reference)
- initializing using the LDAP directory (SQL Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION GET SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION SET SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- context of current operation
- getting (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- context option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- context option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- context switches
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- reducing with bulk binds (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CONTEXT USE directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT USE SQL directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT USE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- context, creating one in XSU PL/SQL API (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- context-relative path (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- context-sensitive characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- context-sensitive help
- accessing (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- context-sensitive help
- accessing (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- context-sensitive menus
- Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- using in the Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- contexts
- creating namespaces for (SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- contexts, stored procedure run-time (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- continually refreshed workspace (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- continually refreshed workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- continuation attribute (Text Reference)
- continuation lines
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTINUE action
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTINUE action
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CONTINUE clause
- WHENEVER OSERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continued row ratio
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CONTINUEIF parameter
- example (Utilities)
- for SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- continuing a long SQL*Plus command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuous data type (Data Mining Concepts)
- continuous purges
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- continuous pushes
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- contracting characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- contracting letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- control characters, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- Control File (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- control file
- creating for standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- control file autobackups
- after structural changes to database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- configuring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- default format (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- restoring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- control file copies
- backing up (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- control file example
- SQL*Loader (Text Reference)
- control file records
- overwriting (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Control File Voting Results Record (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- control files
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- adding (Administrator's Guide)
- allowing reuse (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- altering (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- automatic backups (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- configuring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backing up (SQL Reference)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backing up to trace file (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- backup and recovery (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- binary (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- including within database backup (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- recovery using (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- trace files (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- changes recorded (Concepts)
- changing size (Administrator's Guide)
- character sets (Utilities)
- checkpoints and (Concepts)
- conflicts with data dictionary (Administrator's Guide)
- contents (Concepts)
- copies
- backing up (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- copying (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dependent destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- location on the standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- additional control files (Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines (Utilities)
- initially (Administrator's Guide)
- new files (Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- data definition language syntax (Utilities)
- datafiles (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- default name (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- errors during creation (Administrator's Guide)
- finding filenames (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- force logging mode (SQL Reference)
- guidelines for (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- how specified (Concepts)
- importance of multiplexed (Administrator's Guide)
- location of (Administrator's Guide)
- log history (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- log sequence numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- loss of (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- all copies (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- MAXLOGHISTORY (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- mirrored (Administrator's Guide)
- mirroring (Administrator's Guide)
- moving (Administrator's Guide)
- multiplexed
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- importance of (Administrator's Guide)
- loss of (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- names (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- number of (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- overwriting existing (Administrator's Guide)
- overwriting records (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- raw devices (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- re-creating (SQL Reference)
- relocating (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming or removing for migration (Migration)
- relinking rules (Migration)
- renaming or removing for upgrading (Migration)
- requirement of one (Administrator's Guide)
- restoring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- to default location (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- to nondefault location (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using SET DBID (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- size of (Administrator's Guide)
- snapshot
- specifying location of (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- specifying (Reference)
- specifying data (Utilities)
- specifying names before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying SQL*Loader discard file (Utilities)
- time-based recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- troubleshooting (Administrator's Guide)
- types of records (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- unavailable during startup (Administrator's Guide)
- used in mounting database (Concepts)
- using instead of a recovery catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- CONTROL parameter
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- control script (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- control statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- control structures (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conditional (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- iterative (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- sequential (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- control structures in programs (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- control utilities
- Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Oracle Names Control utility (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- control, access (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- controlfile autobackup (New Features)
- controlfile clauses
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- Controlfile Operations, Storage Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- CONTROLFILE REUSE clause
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- controlfiles
- standby (SQL Reference)
- controlled sparsity (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- controlling
- configuring log transport services for data protection (Data Guard Broker)
- controls, working with (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- CONTROL_FILES
- initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CONTROL_FILES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- overwriting existing control files (Administrator's Guide)
- setting
- before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- names for (Administrator's Guide)
- setting before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- warning about setting (Administrator's Guide)
- CONTROL_FILES parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- same for all instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME
- initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- preventing overwrite of RMAN records (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CONVBUFSZ clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONVBUFSZ clause in VAR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- conventional path Export
- compared to direct path (Utilities)
- conventional path load (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- conventional path loads
- behavior when discontinued (Utilities)
- compared to direct path loads (Utilities)
- concurrent (Utilities)
- of a single partition (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader bind array (Utilities)
- when to use (Utilities)
- conventions
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- naming (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Conventions
- description of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Notation (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- conventions
- for text in a module file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- used in this manual (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- conventions, notation (JPublisher User's Guide)
- conventions, notational (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- conversion
- between character set ID number and character set name (Globalization Support Guide)
- explicit functions for PL/SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- functions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- rules (SQL Reference)
- conversion functions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- TO_CHAR function
- year and century considerations (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- TO_DATE function (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- conversion of character sets
- during Export/Import (Utilities)
- effect of character set sorting on (Utilities)
- conversion of data
- during direct path loads (Utilities)
- conversion of input characters (Utilities)
- conversion pairs
- multiple (New Features)
- conversion, datatype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conversions
- character set (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- from binary data to character set (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- implicit, between CLOB and VARCHAR2 (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- See also binds HEX to RAW (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- conversions, implicit between CLOBs and CHAR (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CONVERSION_FACTOR column
- in SDO_ANGLE_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_AREA_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERSION_FACTOR column in SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- CONVERT function (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- convertin (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- converting
- auxiliary object classes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- between different LOB types (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- directory data to LDIF (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- from single-instance to Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- geometric segments
- functions for (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- overview (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- structural object classes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- to CLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- to Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- converting
- images (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- converting .ser profiles to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting character data
- CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting character data between character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting data (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- ANSI datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- assignments (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- expression evaluation (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- program interface (Concepts)
- SQL/DS and DB2 datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- converting to LOB data types (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- convertout (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_DDL function (Streams)
- CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_ROW function (Streams)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_DIM_ARRAY function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_GEOM function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_LAYER function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_DIM_ARRAY function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_GEOM function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_LAYER function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- convex hull
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- cookies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- cookies, configuring for iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- coordinate systems
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- function reference information (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- local (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- coordinated time-based recovery
- distributed databases (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- coordinates
- Cartesian (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- geodetic (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- geographic (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- local (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- projected (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- COORDINATOR process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LSP background process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- copies
- crosschecking (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- long-term (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- COPIES option
- of BACKUP (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- copy a new tablespace to a remote standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COPY command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and @ ("at" sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and ARRAYSIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and LONG variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- APPEND clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between databases (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between tables on one database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- destination table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining actions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining source rows and columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FROM clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- INSERT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting data in a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- interpreting messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- KEEP option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- mandatory connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming the source table with SELECT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referring to another user's table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- replacing data in a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying columns for destination (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying the data to copy (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copy command
- error messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPY operator for allocation (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- copy semantics (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- internal LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Copy Template Wizard (Advanced Replication)
- copy( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- copy( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- relationship to COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CopyForUpdate procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- copying
- a subset of the data for a table definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- all or part of a LOB to another LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- all or part of one temporary LOB to another (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- all the data for a table definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- change management objects to a different repository (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- control files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data definitions only for a table (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- for BFILEs there is no copy function (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LOB locator
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LOB locator for BFILE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LONG to LOB (FAQ) (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- object definitions to a destination database (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- optimizer statistics from one database to another (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- table definitions and data to a destination database (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- table definitions and data using drag and drop (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- tablespace to a remote standby location (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- temporary LOB locator (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- TO_LOB limitations (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- copying
- a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- an analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- change management objects to a different repository (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- images (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined charts (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- copying data
- from Oracle database server to SQL Server (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL Server to Oracle database server (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- INSERT statement (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus COPY command (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- copying tree objects
- Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- COPYTYPECHECK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COR (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CORBA (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CORBA, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- CORE, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- CORE_DUMP_DEST initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CORR function (SQL Reference)
- correlated subqueries (SQL Reference)
- correlated subquery (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- correlation identifier (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- correlation names (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- for base tables of indexes (SQL Reference)
- in DELETE (SQL Reference)
- in SELECT (SQL Reference)
- inline views (Concepts)
- NEW (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- OLD (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- REFERENCING option and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- when preceded by a colon (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- corrupt datafile blocks
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- detecting (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- maximum acceptable number (Recovery Manager Reference)
- records in control file (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- recovering (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- RMAN and (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting maximum for backup (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- corruption
- data block
- repairing (Administrator's Guide)
- repairing (Administrator's Guide)
- corruption detection
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using SET MAXCORRUPT command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- corruption of package (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- COS function (SQL Reference)
- COSH function (SQL Reference)
- cost
- optimizer calculation (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- COST column
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- favoring IN-list iterators (Reference)
- hints (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- query rewrite (Concepts)
- using for distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimization for response time (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cost-based optimization for throughput (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cost-based optimizations (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- extensible optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- histograms (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- procedures for plan stability (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selectivity of predicates (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selectivity of predicates and histograms (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- selectivity of predicates for user-defined (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- star queries (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- statistics and user-defined (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- upgrading to (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- user-defined costs (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cost-based optimizer (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- cost-based rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- costs
- of incorrect decision (Data Mining Concepts)
- resource limits and (Administrator's Guide)
- COUNT aggregate function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT attribute of collection types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- COUNT collection method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT function (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- counter/accumulator views (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- counting hits (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- COUNT_HITS procedure (Text Reference)
- COURSES.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- COVAR_POP function (SQL Reference)
- COVAR_SAMP function (SQL Reference)
- COVEREDBY mask relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- COVERS mask relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CPP_SUFFIX
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CPP_SUFFIX precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CPP_SUFFIX precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CPU
- utilization (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CPU allocation
- rules (Concepts)
- CPU data
- used in System class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- CPU requirements for spatial applications (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CPU resources
- allocation (Concepts)
- CPU Statistics data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- CPU Statistics for Parse/Execute/Fetch drill-down data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- CPU time limit (Concepts)
- CPUs
- [entry #2] (Performance Planning)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- configuration (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in capacity planning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- power required for various deployment scenarios (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- processing power (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- requirements (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- detailed calculations (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in capacity planning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- statistics (Performance Planning)
- tuning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tuning for Oracle foreground processes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- usage (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- usage tuning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- utilization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- when to tune (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CPU_COUNT (Concepts)
- CPU_COUNT initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CPU_PER_CALL parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- CPU_PER_SESSION parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- crash recovery (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- after instance failure (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- definition (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- instance failure (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- overview (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- read-only tablespaces (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- crashing
- Is LOB data lost after (FAQ) (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- create
- event set (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- job (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- or modify a job (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- or modify an event set (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Create additional or upgrade existing Oracle Context option in Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Create Alias dialog box (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- when creating a table (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY CONTEXT system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIRECTORY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY OUTLINE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY TYPE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CREATE ANY TYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Baseline (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Create Baseline application
- capturing definitions in a baseline (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- capturing definitions in SQL DDL format (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- Create Baseline application
- capturing definitions in a baseline (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- capturing definitions in SQL DDL format (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- function of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- Create button, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE CATALOG command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CREATE clause
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- creating clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- for hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- FREELIST GROUPS clause (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- FREELISTS clause (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- HASH IS option (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- HASHKEYS option (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SIZE option (Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- CREATE CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE command
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering PL/SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- Create Configuration wizard
- definition (Data Guard Broker)
- introduction (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE CONTEXT statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- changing database options (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- checking for inconsistencies (Administrator's Guide)
- effect on physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- exclusive mode (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- NORESETLOGS option (Administrator's Guide)
- RESETLOGS option (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- creating threads (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- MAXDATAFILES clause (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- MAXINSTANCES clause (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- MAXLOGFILES clause (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- MAXLOGHISTORY clause (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS clause (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Create Database
- option on Creation Options page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE statement
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CONTROLFILE REUSE option (Administrator's Guide)
- database name (Reference)
- DEFAULT TEMPORARY TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- exclusive mode (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- MAXINSTANCES clause (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- MAXLOGFILES option (Administrator's Guide)
- MAXLOGHISTORY clause (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYS (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYSTEM (Administrator's Guide)
- setting the log mode (Reference)
- setting time zone (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying FORCE LOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- used to create an undo tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE DATAFILE AS clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE DATAFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- CREATE DIMENSION
- system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DIMENSION statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE DIRECTORY statement (SQL Reference)
- for BFILEs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Create Entry menu item, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE FUNCTION statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE INDEX
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CONTEXT (Text Reference)
- CTXCAT (Text Reference)
- CTXRULE (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH (Text Reference)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE INDEX command (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE INDEX statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- NOLOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- NOSORT clause (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- ON CLUSTER option (Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL clause (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- partitioned indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- temporary segments (Concepts)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- with a constraint (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE
- statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE JAVA statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- Create Job property sheet (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- General tab (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Parameters tab (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- Tasks tab (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CREATE LIBRARY command
- CREATE LIBRARY statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Like
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- adding entries using templates (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- button, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- operation, by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- enabling query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE OPERATOR statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Reference)
- modifying existing (SQL Reference)
- on views
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- primary key (SQL Reference)
- attributes of index (SQL Reference)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- referential integrity (SQL Reference)
- renaming (SQL Reference)
- restrictions (SQL Reference)
- setting state for a transaction (SQL Reference)
- storing rows in violation (SQL Reference)
- table REF (SQL Reference)
- unique
- attributes of index (SQL Reference)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- Create or upgrade the Oracle Schema option in Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE OUTLINE statement (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY command (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE PACKAGE command (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE PFILE statement (SQL Reference)
- Create Policy icon (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE PROCEDURE command (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CREATE PROCEDURE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- embedded (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PROFILE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE PROFILE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ROLE statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Administrator's Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ROLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SCHEMA statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- multiple tables and views (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges required (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CREATE SCRIPT command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CACHE clause (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CACHE option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CYCLE clause (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- description (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- examples (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- NOCACHE option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- ORDER clause (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CREATE SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SESSION privilege
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- CREATE SESSION statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CREATE SESSION system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SITE command (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE SNAPSHOT statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE SPFILE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE statement (Concepts)
- setting FREELISTS and FREELIST GROUPS (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- CREATE statements
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SYNONYM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TABLE
- AS subquery
- behavior change (Migration)
- behavior change (Migration)
- XMLType storage (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT
- rules of parallelism
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- rules of parallelism
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- AS SELECT
- apply process (Streams)
- compared with direct-path INSERT (Concepts)
- decision support systems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- space fragmentation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- temporary storage space (Data Warehousing Guide)
- AS SELECT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- auditing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- CACHE clause (Concepts)
- CLUSTER option (Administrator's Guide)
- clustered tables (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- COMPRESS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- creating partitioned tables (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- creating temporary table (Administrator's Guide)
- defining integrity constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- enable or disable constraints (Concepts)
- examples
- column objects (Concepts)
- column objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- column objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- nested tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object tables (Concepts)
- object tables (Concepts)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- FREELIST GROUPS clause (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- FREELISTS clause (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- INCLUDING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables (Administrator's Guide)
- initial storage (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- INITRANS parameter in (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- locks (Concepts)
- MONITORING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- ORGANIZATION EXTERNAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- OVERFLOW clause (Administrator's Guide)
- parallelism
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelizing (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTTHRESHOLD clause (Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- TABLESPACE clause, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- to create BFILE columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to create BLOB, CLOB columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- triggers (Concepts)
- use of (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Table Wizard (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- CREATE TABLESPACE
- BLOCKSIZE CLAUSE, using (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause, using (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TABLESPACE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- SEGMENT MANAGEMENT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- skipping (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE TABLESPACE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE statement (Concepts)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE
- Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TEMPFILE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE TRIGGER statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- compiled and stored (Concepts)
- examples (Concepts)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- locks (Concepts)
- REFERENCING option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CREATE TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TYPE BODY statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TYPE command (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus (Migration)
- CREATE TYPE command, 9-53 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE TYPE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CREATE TYPE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- incomplete types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object types (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #6] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #7] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- OID clause (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- VARRAYs (Concepts)
- varrays (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CREATE TYPE statement, 9-29 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE TYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TYPE with OID statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE
- Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE statement
- using to create an undo tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE USER command
- Import (Utilities)
- CREATE USER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Administrator's Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Administrator's Guide)
- temporary segments (Concepts)
- CREATE USER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE VIEW statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- examples
- object views (Concepts)
- object views (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- locks (Concepts)
- OR REPLACE option (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- WITH CHECK OPTION (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CREATE VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- create() method
- for ORADataFactory interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createAnnotationByName( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- createAppCtxPermit (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createAttribute(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createAttribute(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createAttribute(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createAttribute(String, String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createAttribute(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createAttributeNS(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createAttributeNS(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CreateAWAccessStructures procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- CreateAWAccessStructures_FR procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- createBLOBTable(Connection, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createBrowser (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createCDATASection(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createCDATASection(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createCDATASection(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createCDATASection(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createComment(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createComment(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createComment(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createComment(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CREATECUBELEVELTUPLE procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- createDescriptor() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createDescriptor() method, 9-5 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATEDIMLEVTUPLE procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- CREATEDIMMV_GS procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- createDocument() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createDocument() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createDocument(String, String, DocumentType) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDOMImplementation.createDocument(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, org.w3c.dom.DocumentType) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createDocumentFragment() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createDocumentFragment() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createDocumentFragment() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createDocumentFragment() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createDocumentType(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDOMImplementation.createDocumentType(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createDurableSubscriber (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createElement(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createElement(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createElement(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createElement(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createElementNS(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createElementNS(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createElementNS(String, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createElementNS(java.lang.String, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createEntityReference(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createEntityReference(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createEntityReference(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createEntityReference(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createEvent(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createEvent(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CREATEFACTMV_GS procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- createFolder() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- createMapMessage (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createMessage (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createMutationEvent(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createMutationEvent(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createNodeIterator(Node, int, NodeFilter, boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createNodeIterator(org.w3c.dom.Node, int, org.w3c.dom.traversal.NodeFilter, boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createObjectMessage (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createProcessingInstruction(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createProcessingInstruction(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createProcessingInstruction(String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createProcessingInstruction(java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createPublisher (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createQueue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createQueueConnection (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createQueueSession (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createQueueTable (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createRange() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createRange() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createRangeEvent(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createRangeEvent(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createReceiver (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createRemoteSubscriber (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CreateSavepoint procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createSender (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createStatement() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createStatement() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createStatement() method, 6-19 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createStatementWithKey() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createStreamMessage (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createSubscriber (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTemporary() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createTextMessage (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTextNode(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.NodeFactory.createTextNode(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTextNode(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createTextNode(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTimestamp attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- optional in top (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- createTopic (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTopicConnection (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTopicReceiver (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTopicSession (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTraversalEvent(String) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createTraversalEvent(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createTreeWalker(Node, int, NodeFilter, boolean) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLDocument.createTreeWalker(org.w3c.dom.Node, int, org.w3c.dom.traversal.NodeFilter, boolean) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- createURL(String) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.createURL(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CreateWorkspace procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createXML
- inserting with CLOB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- inserting with string (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- summarized (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- createXMLTable(Connection, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- CREATE_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CREATE_APPLY procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- tags (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- CREATE_BITMAP_AREA_SIZE initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CREATE_CAPTURE procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- capture process
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_COMPARTMENT procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- [entry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_GROUP procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET procedure (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_LABEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_LEVEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_PHRASE procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_POLICY_GROUP procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PROPAGATION procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_RULE procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_RULE_SET procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_SIMPLE_PLAN procedure
- Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_STOPLIST procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES initialization parameter
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES session parameter (SQL Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS function (Text Reference)
- CREATE_TRANSLATION procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_VIEW procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_WORKSPACE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- creating
- a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Broker)
- a database
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- a new version of a baseline (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- a new version of a change plan (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- a new version of a comparison (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- administration user (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- agent user (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- annotations (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- back up files for the primary databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- baseline (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- change plan (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- comparison (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- database link (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database user for standalone repository (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- directive (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- duplicate databases
- on a remote host (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- enterprise repository (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- exemplar (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- geometric segments
- functions for (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- indexes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- indexes on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initdb_name.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- initialization parameter files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- initsid.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- integrity constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- from a closed backup (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- roles required (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- messaging gateway links (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- modified exemplar (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- multiple objects (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- new redo log groups (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- new Windows user account (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OEM_REPOSITORY tablespace (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Oracle directories in CDS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager repository (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- packages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- password files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- point-to-point queue (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- principals and accounts (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- queue (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- queue table (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- queue tables and queues, examples (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- raw devices on UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- raw devices on Windows (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Real Application Clusters database
- backing up the new database (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- initdb_name.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- initsid.ora file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- OracleServicesid service (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- ORACLE_SID environment variable (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- oratab file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- oratab file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- password files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- with the Database Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- with the Database Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- with the Database Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Real Application Clusters database with manual methods (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- recovery catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- rollback segments (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- savepoints (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- schedules (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- scoped directive (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- sequences (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- server parameter files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- SPFILE (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- standalone repository (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- standby redo log groups (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log members (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby sites (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- subscribers (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- synonyms (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- tables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- manually (Utilities)
- tablespace for standalone repository (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- temporary files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for read-only physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- temporary tablespaces
- for read-only physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- test databases (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- threads (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- traditional initialization parameter file
- for logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- user with Logon as a batch job privilege (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- views (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- XML schema-based tables (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XMLType columns (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XMLType table (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- creating
- a copy of an analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- a new version of a baseline (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- a new version of a comparison (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- an analysis from a data class (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- baseline (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- classes like existing user-defined classes (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- comparison (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- like user-defined charts (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- new service category (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- standalone repository (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- user-defined charts (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- creating a certificate authority with esm -genca tool (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- creating a database
- default temporary tablespace, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- creating a database with Unicode datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- creating a node (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- creating a PLAN_TABLE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Creating a SQL History (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- creating a temporary LOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- creating a tuning session (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- creating a Unicode database (Globalization Support Guide)
- creating an audit trail (Administrator's Guide)
- creating an integration profile (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- creating connected user links
- scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- creating context handles
- getCtx (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- creating current user links
- scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- creating database links (Administrator's Guide)
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- service names within link names (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying types (Administrator's Guide)
- creating databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- backing up the new database (Administrator's Guide)
- executing CREATE DATABASE (Administrator's Guide)
- manually (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- manually from a script (Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- preparing to (Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites for (Administrator's Guide)
- problems encountered while (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO MANAGEMENT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- upgrading to a new release (Administrator's Guide)
- using Database Configuration Assistant (Administrator's Guide)
- with Installer (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- with locally managed tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- creating datafiles (Administrator's Guide)
- creating fixed user links
- scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- creating flat files (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating indexes
- after inserting table data (Administrator's Guide)
- associated with integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- USING INDEX clause (Administrator's Guide)
- creating PLUSTRACE role (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating profiles (Administrator's Guide)
- creating publish-subscribe topic (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- creating sample tables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- Creating Statistics Table (PowerCartUserStats) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- creating synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- creating tables
- containing an object type with LOB attribute
- internal Persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- containing one or more LOB columns
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- containing one ore more BFILE columns (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- nested, containing LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- of an object type with BFILE attribute (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- with a nested table containing a BFILE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- creating temporary LOB (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- creating the PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating VARRAYs
- containing references to LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- creating views (Administrator's Guide)
- creation of prioritized message queue table and queue (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- creation of queue table and queue of object type (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- creation of queue table and queue of RAW type (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Creation Options page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- creationState() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creatorsName attribute (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- optional attribute in top (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- credentials
- secure storage (Security Overview)
- critical threshold (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- CRLF (carriage-return line-feed)
- function of UTL_TCP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CRM Waiting on a Lock (for v8.1.6 and earlier Agents) event test (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- cross joins (SQL Reference)
- Cross Reference report
- generating (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cross-facility 3 event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- in Real Application Clusters configurations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo logs and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using the log writer process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- V$ARCHIVE_DEST_STATUS view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- where the MRP operates (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-node registration (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Cross-Platform Job Scripts (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- cross-product items
- See also cross-facility 3 event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cross-registration (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- cross-schema index creation (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- cross-validation (Data Mining Concepts)
- CROSSCHECK command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- crosschecking (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backups and copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- definition (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on multiple channels (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- recovery catalog with the media manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- crosstab bean (OLAP User's Guide)
- crosstab view
- navigating Cursor for, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- crtsrv batch file (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- CSID parameter
- setting OCILobRead and OCILobWrite to OCI_UCS2ID (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- CSM$COLUMNS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$ERRORS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$TABLES table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMIG user (Globalization Support Guide)
- csminst.sql script
- running (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$COLUMNS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$CONSTRAINTS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$ERROR view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$INDEXES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$TABLES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSS and XSL (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CSS user interface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CS_SRS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CTXAPP
- role (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CTXAPP role (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXCAT grammar (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXCAT index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- about performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supported preferences (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- unsupported preferences (Text Reference)
- ctxkbtc
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ctxkbtc complier (Text Reference)
- ctxload
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- examples (Text Reference)
- import file structure (Text Reference)
- load thesaurus example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXRULE index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- ctxsrv
- shutting down (Text Reference)
- viewing active servers (Text Reference)
- CTXSYS user (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXSYS.PATH_SECTION_GROUP (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CTXXPATH (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- indexes (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- storage preferences (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CTXXPATH index
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH indextype
- creating (Text Reference)
- CTX_ADM package
- RECOVER (Text Reference)
- SET_PARAMETER (Text Reference)
- SHUTDOWN (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLASSES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLS
- TRAIN (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLS.TRAIN procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DDL package
- ADD_ATTR_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_FIELD_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_SPECIAL_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPCLASS (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPTHEME (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPWORD (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOP_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_SUB_LEXER (Text Reference)
- ADD_ZONE_SECTION (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE (Text Reference)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP (Text Reference)
- CREATE_STOPLIST (Text Reference)
- DROP_POLICY (Text Reference)
- DROP_PREFERENCE (Text Reference)
- DROP_STOPLIST (Text Reference)
- OPTIMIZE_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SECTION (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPCLASS (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPTHEME (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPWORD (Text Reference)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE (Text Reference)
- SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- UNSET_ATTRIBUTE (Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL.Add_Field_Section (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- CTX_DDL.SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DOC package (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- FILTER (Text Reference)
- GIST (Text Reference)
- HIGHLIGHT (Text Reference)
- IFILTER (Text Reference)
- MARKUP (Text Reference)
- PKENCODE (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- SET_KEY_TYPE (Text Reference)
- THEMES (Text Reference)
- TOKENS (Text Reference)
- CTX_DOC_KEY_TYPE system parameter (Text Reference)
- CTX_FEEDBACK_ITEM_TYPE type (Text Reference)
- CTX_FEEDBACK_TYPE type (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_ERRORS view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_LOV view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT package (Text Reference)
- ADD_EVENT (Text Reference)
- END_LOG (Text Reference)
- LOGFILENAME (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_EVENT (Text Reference)
- START_LOG (Text Reference)
- CTX_PARAMETERS view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_PENDING view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_PREFERENCES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_PREFERENCE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_QUERY package
- BROWSE_WORDS (Text Reference)
- COUNT_HITS (Text Reference)
- EXPLAIN (Text Reference)
- HFEEDBACK (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SQE (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- STORE_SQE (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_SECTIONS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SECTION_GROUPS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SERVERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SQES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_STOPLISTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_STOPWORDS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES package
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ALTER_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- ALTER_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- BT (Text Reference)
- BTG (Text Reference)
- BTI (Text Reference)
- BTP (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION (Text Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- DROP_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- DROP_RELATION (Text Reference)
- DROP_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- NT (Text Reference)
- NTG (Text Reference)
- NTI (Text Reference)
- NTP (Text Reference)
- OUTPUT_STYLE (Text Reference)
- PT (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- RT (Text Reference)
- SN (Text Reference)
- SYN (Text Reference)
- THES_TT (Text Reference)
- TR (Text Reference)
- TRSYN (Text Reference)
- TT (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.CREATE_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.DROP_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.UPDATE_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THESAURI view (Text Reference)
- CTX_ULEXER package (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_ERRORS view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SETS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PENDING view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PREFERENCES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PREFERENCE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SECTIONS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SECTION_GROUPS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SQES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_STOPLISTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_STOPWORDS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_THESAURI view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_THES_PHRASES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_VERSION view (Text Reference)
- CUBE clause
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- of SELECT statements (SQL Reference)
- partial (Data Warehousing Guide)
- when to use (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Cube Viewer (OLAP User's Guide)
- Cube Wizard (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- cubes
- creating (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- defined (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- hierarchical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- in analytic workspaces (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- materialized views (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- viewing (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CUME_DIST function (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- cumulative distributions (SQL Reference)
- cumulative incremental backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- currencies
- formats (Globalization Support Guide)
- currency (Reference)
- international currency symbol (Reference)
- currency symbol
- ISO (SQL Reference)
- local (SQL Reference)
- setting for a session (SQL Reference)
- union (SQL Reference)
- current analytic workspace, defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- current mode
- DISPATCHERS initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CURRENT OF clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- mimicking with ROWID (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- current outfile (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- current position in a Cursor, definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- current release
- migrating to (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- current row (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using FETCH to retrieve (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- current state views (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- current status (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- current user database links (Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- cannot access in shared schema (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- schema independence (Administrator's Guide)
- CURRENT_DATE function (SQL Reference)
- CURRENT_SCHEMA attribute, USERENV (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CURRENT_SCHEMA session parameter (SQL Reference)
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function (SQL Reference)
- CURRENT_USER attribute, USERENV (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CURRENT_USER clause
- of CREATE DATABASE LINKI (SQL Reference)
- CURRVAL pseudo-column (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- restrictions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CURRVAL pseudocolumn (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Cursor (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cursor
- closing (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- declaration of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- name of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- namespace for (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- opening (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- restricted scope of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- using in queries (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor attributes
- %BULK_EXCEPTIONS (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %BULK_ROWCOUNT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %FOUND (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %ISOPEN (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %NOTFOUND (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %ROWCOUNT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- implicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- values (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor cache
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- gathering statistics about (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor cache
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Cursor class
- architecture, advantages of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- hierarchy (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cursor control statements
- example of typical sequence (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor declarations (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CURSOR expressions (SQL Reference)
- cursor expressions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor FOR loops (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- passing parameters to (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Cursor objects
- created in the current Transaction (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- current position, definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extent calculation, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extent definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- faster and slower varying components (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- fetch block definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- fetch size definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting children of, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting the values of, examples (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- parent starting and ending position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Source objects for which you cannot create (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- span, definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying fetch size for a crosstab view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying fetch size for a table view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying the behavior of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- starting and ending positions of a value, example of calculating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- structure (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cursor operations
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor space for time (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- cursor subqueries (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR syntax (nested tables) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cursor variable
- closing (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variable parameters (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- advantages (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- allocating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- as parameters to table functions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- assignment (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- closing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fetching from (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- heap memory usage (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- must use late binding (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- not available for Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- opening (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous block (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- opening in a standalone stored procedure (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- return types (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- scope (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using to reduce network traffic (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using with dynamic SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor variables, restrictions on (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CursorInput class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManager class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- hierarchy (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManager objects
- closing before rolling back a Transaction (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- updating the CursorManagerSpecification (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManagerSpecification class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating object, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManagerUpdateEvent class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManagerUpdateListener class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorName
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cursors
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- allocating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- allocating a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- analogy (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- analogy for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and closing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- association with queries (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- association with query (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cached (SQL Reference)
- canceling (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- closing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Concepts)
- DBMS_SQL package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring and opening cursor variables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effects on performance (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- explicit versus implicit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- fetching from (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- fetching rows from (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for multirow queries (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how handling affects performance (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- implicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- maximum number of (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- movement through active set (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- object dependencies and (Concepts)
- opening (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN_CURSORS initialization parameter (Reference)
- packaged (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- parameterized (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- pointers to (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- private SQL areas and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- recursive (Concepts)
- recursive SQL and (Concepts)
- reopening (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restricted scope of (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RETURN clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- rules for naming (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope rules (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable (Concepts)
- scrollable cursors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- shared (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- shared pool (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- statements for manipulating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures and (Concepts)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- types of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using for multirow queries (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when closed automatically (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursors (SQL)
- closing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- declaring (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- opening (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- CursorSpecification class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorSpecification objects
- getting from a CursorManagerSpecification, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR_NUM column
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR_SHARING initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CURSOR_SHARING_EXACT hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR_SPACE_FOR_TIME initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- custom aggregates (OLAP User's Guide)
- custom collection classes
- and JPublisher (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined, 11-2 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom databases
- installation of Workspace Manager required (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- custom Java classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- about custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creation by JPublisher (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- extending (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generation by JPublisher (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- mapping to alternative classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading and writing data (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- requirements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sample class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying member names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed, definition (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support for object methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using to serialize object (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- weakly typed, definition (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom measures (OLAP User's Guide)
- custom object classes
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom reference classes
- and JPublisher (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined, 10-2 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Custom repository creation option (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- custom tags--see tag libraries (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- CustomDatum (deprecated) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CustomDatum interface (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CustomDatum Java storage format (SQL Reference)
- customer query (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- customization
- converting .ser profiles to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creation and registration (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness connection options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness general options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness options overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining column types/sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining parameter sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- during translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error and status messages (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- force customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- jar file usage (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- more about customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options to invoke special customizers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview/syntax of customizer-specific options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- parameter default sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- related SQLJ options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- show SQL transformations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- statement cache size (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps in process (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- summary of Oracle features used (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- version compatibility (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Customized
- configuration type (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- customizer harness
- connection options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoke special customizers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizers
- choosing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- option to choose customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing options through SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying default (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizing time zone data (Globalization Support Guide)
- CWM2 (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- write APIs (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- requirements (Data Mining Concepts)
- short (Data Mining Concepts)
- short programs (Data Mining Concepts)
- summary (Data Mining Concepts)
- using (Data Mining Concepts)
- CWM2_OLAP_AW_ACCESS package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_AW_CREATE package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_CUBE package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_DIMENSION package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_DIMENSION_ATTRIBUTE package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_HIERARCHY package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_LEVEL package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_MEASURE package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_METADATA_REFRESH package (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_PC_TRANSFORM package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_TABLE_MAP package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWM2_OLAP_VALIDATE package (OLAP User's Guide)
- CWMLite (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- CWMLITE tablespace
- raw devices (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- cwmlite1
- identifying on UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- CWM_CLASSIFY package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- CyberSafe (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- kinstance (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- realm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.ora file sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- system requirements (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CyberSafe ActiveTrust (Security Overview)
- CyberSafe authentication (Security Overview)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- CyberSafe Challenger
- system requirements (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CYCLE option, CREATE SEQUENCE (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- CYCLE parameter
- of ALTER SEQUENCE. See CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- cycling in complexTypes
- data integrity
- in structured (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Oracle XML DB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- self-referencing (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
Copyright © 2002 Oracle Corporation
All Rights Reserved.